Add support for new functionality in the msp430 backend of GCC.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
82704155 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
82704155 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82704155 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 238 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
239 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
240 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 247 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
248 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
249 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 250@c
6387924a 251@c man end
a4fb0134 252@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 253@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 254@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
255@ifset AARCH64
256
257@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
258 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 259 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 260@end ifset
625e1353
RH
261@ifset ALPHA
262
263@emph{Target Alpha options:}
264 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
265 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 266 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
267 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
268 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
269@end ifset
252b5132 270@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
271
272@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
273 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
274 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
275 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 276 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
278@end ifset
279@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
280
281@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 282@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
283 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
284 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
285 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
286 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 287 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 288 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
289 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
290 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
291 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 292 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 293@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
294@ifset Blackfin
295
296@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
297 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
298 [@b{-mfdpic}]
299 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
300 [@b{-mnopic}]
301@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
302@ifset BPF
303
304@emph{Target BPF options:}
305 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
306@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
307@ifset CRIS
308
309@emph{Target CRIS options:}
310 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
311 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
312 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 313 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
314@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
315@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
316@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
317@ifset CSKY
318
319@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
320 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
321 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
322 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
323 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
324 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
325 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
326 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
327 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
328 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
329 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
331 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
333 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
334 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
335 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
336@end ifset
252b5132 337@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
338
339@emph{Target D10V options:}
340 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
341@end ifset
342@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
343
344@emph{Target D30V options:}
345 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 346@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
347@ifset EPIPHANY
348
349@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
350 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
351@end ifset
252b5132 352@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
353
354@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
355 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
356@end ifset
357@ifset HPPA
358@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
359@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
360@ifset I80386
361
362@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 363 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 364 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 365@end ifset
587fe2b3 366@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 367
9e32ca89
NC
368@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
369 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
370 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
371 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 372 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 373 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 374 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
375 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
376@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
377@ifset IP2K
378
379@emph{Target IP2K options:}
380 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
381@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
382@ifset M32C
383
384@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 385 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 386@end ifset
587fe2b3 387@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 388
a4fb0134
SC
389@emph{Target M32R options:}
390 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 391 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 392@end ifset
252b5132 393@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
394
395@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
396 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 397@end ifset
60bcf0fa 398@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
399
400@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 401 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
402 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
403 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 404 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
405 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
406 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset MCORE
409
410@emph{Target MCORE options:}
411 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
412 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 413@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
414@ifset METAG
415
416@emph{Target Meta options:}
417 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
418@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
419@ifset MICROBLAZE
420@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
421@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
422@end ifset
252b5132 423@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
424
425@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 426 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 427 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 428 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 429 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
430 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
431 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 432 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 433 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
434 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
435 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 436 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 437 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 438 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 439 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 440 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 441 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 442 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 443 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 444 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 445 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 446 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 447 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 448 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 449 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 450 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 451 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 452 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 453 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 454 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 455 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 456 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 457 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 458 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 459 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 460 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 461 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
462 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
463 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 464 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 465 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 466 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
467@end ifset
468@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
469
470@emph{Target MMIX options:}
471 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
472 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
473 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 474 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 475@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
476@ifset NIOSII
477
478@emph{Target Nios II options:}
479 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
480 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
481@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
482@ifset NDS32
483
484@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
485 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
486 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
487 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
488 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
489 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
490 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
491 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
492 [@b{-mb2bb}]
493@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
494@ifset OPENRISC
495@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
496@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
497@ifset PDP11
498
499@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
500 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
501 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 502 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
503@end ifset
504@ifset PJ
505
506@emph{Target picoJava options:}
507 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
508@end ifset
509@ifset PPC
510
511@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
512 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
513 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
514 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
515 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
516 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
517 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 518 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 519 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 520 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
521 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
522 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 523 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 524 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 525@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
526@ifset PRU
527
528@emph{Target PRU options:}
529 [@b{-link-relax}]
530 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
531 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
532@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
533@ifset RISCV
534
535@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
536 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
537 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
538 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
539@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
540@ifset RL78
541
542@emph{Target RL78 options:}
543 [@b{-mg10}]
544 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
545@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
546@ifset RX
547
548@emph{Target RX options:}
549 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 550 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
551 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
552 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
553 [@b{-mpid}]
554 [@b{-mrelax}]
555 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
556 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 557@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
558@ifset S390
559
560@emph{Target s390 options:}
561 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
562 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
563 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
564@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
565@ifset SCORE
566
567@emph{Target SCORE options:}
568 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
569 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
570 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
571 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
572@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
573@ifset SPARC
574
575@emph{Target SPARC options:}
576@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
577 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
578 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
579 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
580 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
581 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
582 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
583 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
584 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
585 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
586 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
587 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
588 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
589 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 590 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 591 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
592@end ifset
593@ifset TIC54X
594
595@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 596 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
597 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
598@end ifset
40b36596
JM
599@ifset TIC6X
600
601@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
602 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
603 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
604 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 605@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
606@ifset TILEGX
607
608@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 609 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
610@end ifset
611@ifset TILEPRO
612@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
613@end ifset
b6605ddd 614@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 615
b6605ddd
EB
616@emph{Target Visium options:}
617 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
618@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
619@ifset XTENSA
620
621@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
622 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
623 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
624 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
625 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
626 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 627 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 628@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
629@ifset Z80
630
631@emph{Target Z80 options:}
632 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
633 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
634 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
635 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
636 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
637 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
638 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
639@end ifset
a4fb0134 640@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 641
a4fb0134 642@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 643@end ifset
e0001a05 644
0285c67d 645@c man end
252b5132
RH
646@end smallexample
647
0285c67d
NC
648@c man begin OPTIONS
649
a4fb0134 650@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 651@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 652
83f10cb2 653@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
654Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
655
a4fb0134 656@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
657@item -ac
658omit false conditionals
659
660@item -ad
661omit debugging directives
662
83f10cb2
NC
663@item -ag
664include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
665
252b5132
RH
666@item -ah
667include high-level source
668
669@item -al
670include assembly
671
672@item -am
673include macro expansions
674
675@item -an
676omit forms processing
677
678@item -as
679include symbols
680
681@item =file
682set the name of the listing file
683@end table
684
685You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
686listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
687the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
688
caa32fe5 689@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
690Begin in alternate macro mode.
691@ifclear man
692@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
693@end ifclear
caa32fe5 694
955974c6 695@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
696Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
697ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
698linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
699given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 700
151411f8
L
701@ifset ELF
702@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
703@item --compress-debug-sections=none
704@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
705@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
706@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
707These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
708@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
709@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
710@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 711@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 712@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
713@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
714sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
715@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
716@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
717
151411f8
L
718@end ifset
719
955974c6 720@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
721Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
722targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
723override this.
955974c6 724
252b5132
RH
725@item -D
726Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
727other assemblers.
728
3d6b762c
JM
729@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
730When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
731information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
732
252b5132
RH
733@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
734Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
735@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
736indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
737value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
738use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
739
740@item -f
741``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
742compiler output).
743
329e276d
NC
744@item -g
745@itemx --gen-debug
746Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
747debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
748ECOFF or DWARF2.
749
252b5132
RH
750@item --gstabs
751Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
752may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
753
05da4302
NC
754@item --gstabs+
755Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
756extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
757debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
758may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
759the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
760
329e276d 761@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 762Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 763may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 764option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 765
b40bf0a2
NC
766@item --gdwarf-sections
767Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
768.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
769corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
770will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
771@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
772then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
773suffix.
774
b8871f35 775@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
776@item --size-check=error
777@itemx --size-check=warning
778Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
779
b8871f35
L
780@item --elf-stt-common=no
781@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
782These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
783symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
784by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
785
786@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
787@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
788These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
789attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
790The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
791configure option.
792
b8871f35
L
793@end ifset
794
252b5132 795@item --help
a05a5b64 796Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 797
ea20a7da
CC
798@item --target-help
799Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
800
252b5132
RH
801@item -I @var{dir}
802Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
803
804@item -J
805Don't warn about signed overflow.
806
807@item -K
808@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
809This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
810@end ifclear
811@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
812Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
813@end ifset
814
815@item -L
816@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
817Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
818system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
819or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
820@ifclear man
821@xref{Symbol Names}.
822@end ifclear
252b5132 823
c3a27914
NC
824@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
825Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
826listing to @var{number}.
827
828@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
829Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
830lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
831
832@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
833Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
834@var{number} bytes.
835
836@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
837Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
838to @var{number} + 1.
839
2edb36e7
NC
840@item --no-pad-sections
841Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
842of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
843which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
844
252b5132 845@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 846Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
847
848@item -R
849Fold the data section into the text section.
850
d60646b9 851@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
852Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
853@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
854assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
855memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
856requirements at the expense of speed.
857
858@item --reduce-memory-overheads
859This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
860assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
861@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
862
451133ce
NP
863@ifset ELF
864@item --sectname-subst
865Honor substitution sequences in section names.
866@ifclear man
867@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
868@end ifclear
869@end ifset
870
252b5132
RH
871@item --statistics
872Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
873assembly.
874
875@item --strip-local-absolute
876Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
877
878@item -v
879@itemx -version
a4fb0134 880Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
881
882@item --version
a4fb0134 883Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
884
885@item -W
2bdd6cf5 886@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
887Suppress warning messages.
888
2bdd6cf5
GK
889@item --fatal-warnings
890Treat warnings as errors.
891
892@item --warn
893Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
894
252b5132
RH
895@item -w
896Ignored.
897
898@item -x
899Ignored.
900
901@item -Z
902Generate an object file even after errors.
903
904@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
905Standard input, or source files to assemble.
906
907@end table
2a633939
JM
908@c man end
909
a06ea964
NC
910@ifset AARCH64
911
912@ifclear man
913@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
914for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
915@end ifclear
916
917@ifset man
918@c man begin OPTIONS
919The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
92064-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
921@c man end
922@c man begin INCLUDE
923@include c-aarch64.texi
924@c ended inside the included file
925@end ifset
926
927@end ifset
928
2a633939
JM
929@ifset ALPHA
930
931@ifclear man
932@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
933for an Alpha processor.
934@end ifclear
935
936@ifset man
937@c man begin OPTIONS
938The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
939processor.
940@c man end
941@c man begin INCLUDE
942@include c-alpha.texi
943@c ended inside the included file
944@end ifset
945
946@end ifset
252b5132 947
2a633939 948@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 949@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
951processor.
252b5132 952
a4fb0134 953@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 954@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
955This option selects the core processor variant.
956@item -EB | -EL
957Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
958@item -mcode-density
959Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
960@end table
961@end ifset
962
963@ifset ARM
964The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
965processor family.
966
a4fb0134 967@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 968@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 969Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 970@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 971Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 972@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 973Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
974@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
975Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
976@item -mthumb
977Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 978@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
979Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
980@item -EB | -EL
981Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
982@item -mthumb-interwork
983Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
984ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
985@item -mccs
986Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
987@item -k
988Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
989@end table
990@end ifset
635fb38d 991@c man end
252b5132 992
9982501a 993@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
994
995@ifclear man
996@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
997configured for the Blackfin processor family.
998@end ifclear
999
1000@ifset man
1001@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1002The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1003the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1004@c man end
1005@c man begin INCLUDE
1006@include c-bfin.texi
1007@c ended inside the included file
1008@end ifset
9982501a 1009
9982501a
JZ
1010@end ifset
1011
f8861f5d
JM
1012@ifset BPF
1013
1014@ifclear man
1015@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1016configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1017@end ifclear
1018
1019@ifset man
1020@c man begin OPTIONS
1021The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1022the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1023@c man end
1024@c man begin INCLUDE
1025@include c-bpf.texi
1026@c ended inside the included file
1027@end ifset
1028
1029@end ifset
1030
635fb38d 1031@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1032@ifset CRIS
1033See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1034@end ifset
1035
b8891f8d
AJ
1036@ifset CSKY
1037
1038@ifclear man
1039@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1040configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1041@end ifclear
1042
1043@ifset man
1044@c man begin OPTIONS
1045The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1046the C-SKY processor family.
1047@c man end
1048@c man begin INCLUDE
1049@include c-csky.texi
1050@c ended inside the included file
1051@end ifset
1052
1053@end ifset
1054
252b5132
RH
1055@ifset D10V
1056The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1057a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1058@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1059@cindex D10V optimization
1060@cindex optimization, D10V
1061@item -O
1062Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1063@end table
1064@end ifset
1065
1066@ifset D30V
1067The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1068processor.
a4fb0134 1069@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1070@cindex D30V optimization
1071@cindex optimization, D30V
1072@item -O
1073Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1074
1075@cindex D30V nops
1076@item -n
1077Warn when nops are generated.
1078
1079@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1080@item -N
1081Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1082@end table
1083@end ifset
731caf76
L
1084@c man end
1085
cfb8c092
NC
1086@ifset EPIPHANY
1087The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1088Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1089
56b13185
JR
1090@ifclear man
1091@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1092configured for an Epiphany processor.
1093@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1094
56b13185
JR
1095@ifset man
1096@c man begin OPTIONS
1097The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1098an Epiphany processor.
1099@c man end
1100@c man begin INCLUDE
1101@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1102@c ended inside the included file
1103@end ifset
1104
1105@end ifset
1106
1107@ifset H8300
1108
1109@ifclear man
1110@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1111for an H8/300 processor.
1112@end ifclear
1113
1114@ifset man
1115@c man begin OPTIONS
1116The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1117processor.
1118@c man end
1119@c man begin INCLUDE
1120@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1121@c ended inside the included file
1122@end ifset
cfb8c092 1123
cfb8c092
NC
1124@end ifset
1125
731caf76 1126@ifset I80386
252b5132 1127
731caf76
L
1128@ifclear man
1129@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1130configured for an i386 processor.
1131@end ifclear
1132
1133@ifset man
1134@c man begin OPTIONS
1135The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1136an i386 processor.
1137@c man end
1138@c man begin INCLUDE
1139@include c-i386.texi
1140@c ended inside the included file
1141@end ifset
1142
1143@end ifset
1144
1145@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1146@ifset IP2K
1147The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1148Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1149
1150@table @gcctabopt
1151
1152@item -mip2022ext
1153Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1154
1155@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1156Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1157just the basic IP2022 ones.
1158
1159@end table
1160@end ifset
1161
49f58d10
JB
1162@ifset M32C
1163The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1164Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1165
1166@table @gcctabopt
1167
1168@item -m32c
1169Assemble M32C instructions.
1170
1171@item -m16c
1172Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1173
c54b5932
DD
1174@item -relax
1175Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1176
1177@item -h-tick-hex
1178Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1179
49f58d10
JB
1180@end table
1181@end ifset
1182
ec694b89
NC
1183@ifset M32R
1184The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1185Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1186
a4fb0134 1187@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1188
1189@item --m32rx
1190Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1191is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1192
1193@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1194Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1195encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1196
1197@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1198Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1199encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1200
1201@end table
1202@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1203
1204@ifset M680X0
1205The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1206Motorola 68000 series.
1207
a4fb0134 1208@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1209
1210@item -l
1211Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1212
0285c67d
NC
1213@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1214@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1215@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1216Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1217is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1218
1219@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1220The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1221The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1222the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1223two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1224coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1225
1226@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1227The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1228unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1229
1230@end table
1231@end ifset
1232
36591ba1
SL
1233@ifset NIOSII
1234
1235@ifclear man
1236@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1237for an Altera Nios II processor.
1238@end ifclear
1239
1240@ifset man
1241@c man begin OPTIONS
1242The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1243Altera Nios II processor.
1244@c man end
1245@c man begin INCLUDE
1246@include c-nios2.texi
1247@c ended inside the included file
1248@end ifset
1249@end ifset
1250
e135f41b
NC
1251@ifset PDP11
1252
1253For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1254see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1255
a4fb0134 1256@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1257@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1258Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1259default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1260
1261@item -mall
1262@itemx -mall-extensions
1263Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1264
1265@item -mno-extensions
1266Disable all instruction set extensions.
1267
1268@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1269Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1270
1271@item -m@var{cpu}
1272Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1273disable all other extensions.
1274
1275@item -m@var{machine}
1276Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1277model, and disable all other extensions.
1278@end table
1279
1280@end ifset
1281
041dd5a9
ILT
1282@ifset PJ
1283The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1284a picoJava processor.
1285
a4fb0134 1286@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1287
1288@cindex PJ endianness
1289@cindex endianness, PJ
1290@cindex big endian output, PJ
1291@item -mb
1292Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1293
1294@cindex little endian output, PJ
1295@item -ml
1296Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1297
1298@end table
1299@end ifset
1300
93f11b16
DD
1301@ifset PRU
1302
1303@ifclear man
1304@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1305for a PRU processor.
1306@end ifclear
1307
1308@ifset man
1309@c man begin OPTIONS
1310The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1311PRU processor.
1312@c man end
1313@c man begin INCLUDE
1314@include c-pru.texi
1315@c ended inside the included file
1316@end ifset
1317@end ifset
1318
60bcf0fa
NC
1319@ifset M68HC11
1320The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1321Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1322
a4fb0134 1323@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1324
6927f982 1325@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1326Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1327defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1328
6927f982
NC
1329@item --xgate-ramoffset
1330Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1331XGATE address space.
1332
2f904664
SC
1333@item -mshort
1334Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1335
1336@item -mlong
01642c12 1337Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1338
1339@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1340Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1341
1342@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1343Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1344
1370e33d 1345@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1346Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1347conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1348sub routine.
1349
1370e33d
NC
1350@item -S | --short-branches
1351Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1352when the offset is out of range.
1353
1354@item --strict-direct-mode
1355Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1356when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1357
1358@item --print-insn-syntax
1359Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1360
1361@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1362Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1363
1364@item --generate-example
6927f982 1365Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1366This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1367
1368@end table
1369@end ifset
1370
252b5132 1371@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1372The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1373for the SPARC architecture:
1374
a4fb0134 1375@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1376@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1377@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1378Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1379
1380@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1381@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1382
1383@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1384UltraSPARC extensions.
1385
1386@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1387For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1388equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1389
1390@item -bump
1391Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1392@end table
1393@end ifset
1394
39bec121
TW
1395@ifset TIC54X
1396The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1397architecture.
39bec121 1398
a4fb0134 1399@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1400@item -mfar-mode
1401Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1402extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1403@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1404Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1405@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1406Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1407behaviour in the shell.
1408@end table
1409@end ifset
1410
252b5132 1411@ifset MIPS
73201331 1412@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1413The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1414a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1415
a4fb0134 1416@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1417@item -G @var{num}
1418This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1419implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1420use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1421
1422@cindex MIPS endianness
1423@cindex endianness, MIPS
1424@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1425@item -EB
1426Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1427
1428@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1429@item -EL
1430Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1431
1432@cindex MIPS ISA
1433@item -mips1
1434@itemx -mips2
1435@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1436@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1437@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1438@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1439@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1440@itemx -mips32r3
1441@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1442@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1443@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1444@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1445@itemx -mips64r3
1446@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1447@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1448Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1449@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1450alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1451@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1452@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1453@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1454@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1455MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1456Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1457MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1458
98508b2a
RS
1459@item -march=@var{cpu}
1460Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1461
1462@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1463Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1464
1465@item -mfix7000
1466@itemx -mno-fix7000
1467Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1468of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1469
a8d14a88
CM
1470@item -mfix-rm7000
1471@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1472Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1473followed by a load instruction.
1474
27c634e0
FN
1475@item -mfix-r5900
1476@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1477Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1478of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1479instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1480instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1481execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1482
ecb4347a
DJ
1483@item -mdebug
1484@itemx -no-mdebug
1485Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1486section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1487
dcd410fe
RO
1488@item -mpdr
1489@itemx -mno-pdr
1490Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1491
437ee9d5
TS
1492@item -mgp32
1493@itemx -mfp32
1494The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1495flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1496all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1497and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1498
351cdf24
MF
1499@item -mgp64
1500@itemx -mfp64
1501The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1502flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1503all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1504and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1505
1506@item -mfpxx
1507The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1508this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1509which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
151032 or 64 bits wide.
1511
1512@item -modd-spreg
1513@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1514Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1515registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1516@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1517
437ee9d5
TS
1518@item -mips16
1519@itemx -no-mips16
1520Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1521@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1522turns off this option.
252b5132 1523
25499ac7
MR
1524@item -mmips16e2
1525@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1526Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1527to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1528@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1529
df58fc94
RS
1530@item -mmicromips
1531@itemx -mno-micromips
1532Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1533@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1534@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1535@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1536
e16bfa71
TS
1537@item -msmartmips
1538@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1539Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1540equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1541file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1542
1f25f5d3
CD
1543@item -mips3d
1544@itemx -no-mips3d
1545Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1546This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1547@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1548
deec1734
CD
1549@item -mdmx
1550@itemx -no-mdmx
1551Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1552This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1553@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1554
2ef2b9ae
CF
1555@item -mdsp
1556@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1557Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1558This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1559@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1560
8b082fb1
TS
1561@item -mdspr2
1562@itemx -mno-dspr2
1563Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1564This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1565This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1566@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1567
8f4f9071
MF
1568@item -mdspr3
1569@itemx -mno-dspr3
1570Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1571This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1572This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1573@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1574
56d438b1
CF
1575@item -mmsa
1576@itemx -mno-msa
1577Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1578This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1579@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1580
7d64c587
AB
1581@item -mxpa
1582@itemx -mno-xpa
1583Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1584This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1585@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1586
ef2e4d86
CF
1587@item -mmt
1588@itemx -mno-mt
1589Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1590This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1591@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1592
dec0624d
MR
1593@item -mmcu
1594@itemx -mno-mcu
1595Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1596This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1597@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1598
730c3174
SE
1599@item -mcrc
1600@itemx -mno-crc
1601Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1602Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1603@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1604
6f20c942
FS
1605@item -mginv
1606@itemx -mno-ginv
1607Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1608Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1609@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1610
8095d2f7
CX
1611@item -mloongson-mmi
1612@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1613Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1614Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1615instructions.
1616@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1617
716c08de
CX
1618@item -mloongson-cam
1619@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1620Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1621This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1622@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1623
bdc6c06e
CX
1624@item -mloongson-ext
1625@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1626Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1627This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1628@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1629
a693765e
CX
1630@item -mloongson-ext2
1631@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1632Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1633This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1634This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1635@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1636
833794fc
MR
1637@item -minsn32
1638@itemx -mno-insn32
1639Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1640microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1641instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1642the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1643option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1644start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1645selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1646
437ee9d5
TS
1647@item --construct-floats
1648@itemx --no-construct-floats
1649The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1650double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1651value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1652the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1653selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1654
3bf0dbfb
MR
1655@item --relax-branch
1656@itemx --no-relax-branch
1657The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1658branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1659out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1660
8b10b0b3
MR
1661@item -mignore-branch-isa
1662@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1663Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1664semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1665most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1666same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1667checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1668modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1669default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1670branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1671
ba92f887
MR
1672@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1673Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1674(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1675
252b5132
RH
1676@cindex emulation
1677@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1678This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1679on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1680removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1681It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1682
1683The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1684@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1685is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1686big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1687preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1688
1689@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1690@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1691the native tools.
1692
252b5132
RH
1693@item --trap
1694@itemx --no-trap
1695@itemx --break
1696@itemx --no-break
1697Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1698@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1699(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1700@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1701break exception.
63486801
L
1702
1703@item -n
a4fb0134 1704When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1705time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1706@end table
73201331 1707@c man end
252b5132
RH
1708@end ifset
1709
1710@ifset MCORE
1711The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1712an MCore processor.
1713
a4fb0134 1714@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1715@item -jsri2bsr
1716@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1717Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1718The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1719
1720@item -sifilter
1721@itemx -nosifilter
1722Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1723The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1724
1725@item -relax
1726Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1727
ec694b89
NC
1728@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1729Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1730can be assembled.
1731
1732@item -EB
1733Assemble for a big endian target.
1734
1735@item -EL
1736Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1737
1738@end table
1739@end ifset
a3c62988 1740@c man end
252b5132 1741
a3c62988
NC
1742@ifset METAG
1743
1744@ifclear man
1745@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1746for a Meta processor.
1747@end ifclear
1748
1749@ifset man
1750@c man begin OPTIONS
1751The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1752Meta processor.
1753@c man end
1754@c man begin INCLUDE
1755@include c-metag.texi
1756@c ended inside the included file
1757@end ifset
1758
1759@end ifset
1760
1761@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1762@ifset MMIX
1763See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1764@end ifset
1765
35c08157
KLC
1766@ifset NDS32
1767
1768@ifclear man
1769@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1770for a NDS32 processor.
1771@end ifclear
1772@c ended inside the included file
1773@end ifset
1774
1775@ifset man
1776@c man begin OPTIONS
1777The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1778NDS32 processor.
1779@c man end
1780@c man begin INCLUDE
1781@include c-nds32.texi
1782@c ended inside the included file
1783@end ifset
1784
635fb38d 1785@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1786@ifset PPC
1787
1788@ifclear man
1789@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1790for a PowerPC processor.
1791@end ifclear
1792
1793@ifset man
1794@c man begin OPTIONS
1795The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1796PowerPC processor.
1797@c man end
1798@c man begin INCLUDE
1799@include c-ppc.texi
1800@c ended inside the included file
1801@end ifset
1802
1803@end ifset
1804
e23eba97
NC
1805@ifset RISCV
1806
1807@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1808@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1809for a RISC-V processor.
1810@end ifclear
1811
1812@ifset man
1813@c man begin OPTIONS
1814The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1815RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1816@c man end
1817@c man begin INCLUDE
1818@include c-riscv.texi
1819@c ended inside the included file
1820@end ifset
1821
1822@end ifset
1823
635fb38d 1824@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1825@ifset RX
1826See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1827@end ifset
1828
11c19e16
MS
1829@ifset S390
1830The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1831processor family.
1832
1833@table @gcctabopt
1834@item -m31
1835@itemx -m64
1836Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1837@item -mesa
1838@item -mzarch
1839Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1840Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1841@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1842Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1843@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1844@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1845@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1846@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1847@item -mregnames
1848@itemx -mno-regnames
1849Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1850@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1851Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1852but evaluates to zero.
1853@end table
1854@end ifset
2a633939 1855@c man end
11c19e16 1856
40b36596 1857@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1858
1859@ifclear man
1860@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1861for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1862@end ifclear
1863
1864@ifset man
1865@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1866The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1867TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1868@c man end
1869@c man begin INCLUDE
1870@include c-tic6x.texi
1871@c ended inside the included file
1872@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1873
1874@end ifset
1875
aa137e4d
NC
1876@ifset TILEGX
1877
1878@ifclear man
1879@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1880for a TILE-Gx processor.
1881@end ifclear
1882
1883@ifset man
1884@c man begin OPTIONS
1885The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1886processor.
1887@c man end
1888@c man begin INCLUDE
1889@include c-tilegx.texi
1890@c ended inside the included file
1891@end ifset
1892
1893@end ifset
1894
b6605ddd
EB
1895@ifset VISIUM
1896
1897@ifclear man
1898@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1899for a Visium processor.
1900@end ifclear
1901
1902@ifset man
1903@c man begin OPTIONS
1904The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1905processor.
1906@c man end
1907@c man begin INCLUDE
1908@include c-visium.texi
1909@c ended inside the included file
1910@end ifset
1911
1912@end ifset
1913
e0001a05 1914@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1915
2d8b84ae
SA
1916@ifclear man
1917@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1918for an Xtensa processor.
1919@end ifclear
1920
1921@ifset man
1922@c man begin OPTIONS
1923The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1924Xtensa processor.
1925@c man end
1926@c man begin INCLUDE
1927@include c-xtensa.texi
1928@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1929@end ifset
1930
2d8b84ae
SA
1931@end ifset
1932
1933@c man begin OPTIONS
1934
3c9b82ba
NC
1935@ifset Z80
1936The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1937a Z80 family processor.
1938@table @gcctabopt
1939@item -z80
1940Assemble for Z80 processor.
1941@item -r800
1942Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1943@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1944@itemx -Wnud
1945Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1946@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1947@itemx -Wnup
1948Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1949@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1950@itemx -Wud
1951Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1952@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1953@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1954Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1955@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1956@itemx -Fud
1957Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1958@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1959@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1960Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1961@end table
1962@end ifset
1963
0285c67d
NC
1964@c man end
1965
252b5132
RH
1966@menu
1967* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1968* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1969* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1970* Command Line:: Command Line
1971* Input Files:: Input Files
1972* Object:: Output (Object) File
1973* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1974@end menu
1975
1976@node Manual
1977@section Structure of this Manual
1978
1979@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1980This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1981@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1982notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1983@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1984
1985@ifclear GENERIC
1986We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1987configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1988@end ifclear
1989@ifset GENERIC
1990This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1991various flavors of the assembler.
1992@end ifset
1993
1994@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1995On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1996to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1997In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1998architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1999mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2000particular architecture.
2001@ifset GENERIC
2002You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2003machine architecture manual for this information.
2004@end ifset
2005@ifclear GENERIC
2006@ifset H8/300
2007For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2008Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2009Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2010@end ifset
252b5132 2011@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2012For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2013see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2014@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2015@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2016@end ifset
2017@ifset Z8000
2018For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2019@end ifset
2020@end ifclear
2021
2022@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2023@ignore
2024Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2025the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2026Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2027computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2028once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2029qualification.
2030
a4fb0134 2031@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2032human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2033computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2034@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2035@end ignore
2036
2037@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2038@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2039@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2040@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2041@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2042@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2043@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2044@c directives).
2045
2046@node GNU Assembler
2047@section The GNU Assembler
2048
0285c67d
NC
2049@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2050
a4fb0134 2051@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2052@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2053This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2054configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2055@end ifclear
2056If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2057should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2058architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2059including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2060@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2061
2062@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2063@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2064@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2065@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2066assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2067machine would assemble.
2068@ifset VAX
2069Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2070@end ifset
2071@ifset M680X0
2072@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2073@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2074This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2075assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2076incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2077@end ifset
2078
0285c67d
NC
2079@c man end
2080
a4fb0134 2081Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2082program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2083@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2084
2085@node Object Formats
2086@section Object File Formats
2087
2088@cindex object file format
2089The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2090object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2091write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2092are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2093Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2094@ifclear GENERIC
2095@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2096For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2097@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2098@end ifclear
2099@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2100@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2101On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2102SOM or ELF format object files.
2103@end ifset
2104@end ifclear
2105
2106@node Command Line
2107@section Command Line
2108
2109@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2110
a4fb0134 2111After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2112options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2113before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2114significant.
2115
2116@cindex standard input, as input file
2117@kindex --
2118@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2119explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2120
2121@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2122Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2123hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2124@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2125option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2126the letter is important. All options are optional.
2127
2128Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2129name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2130with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2131standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2132
2133@smallexample
2134@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2135@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2136@end smallexample
2137
2138@node Input Files
2139@section Input Files
2140
2141@cindex input
2142@cindex source program
2143@cindex files, input
2144We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2145describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2146be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2147doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2148
2149@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2150@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2151The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2152order specified.
2153
0285c67d 2154@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2155Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2156program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2157(The standard input is also a file.)
2158
a4fb0134 2159You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2160names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2161command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2162is taken to be an input file name.
2163
a4fb0134
SC
2164If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2165from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2166may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2167to assemble.
2168
2169Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2170in your command line.
2171
a4fb0134 2172If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2173file.
2174
0285c67d
NC
2175@c man end
2176
252b5132
RH
2177@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2178
2179@cindex input file linenumbers
2180@cindex line numbers, in input files
2181There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2182either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2183number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2184``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2185
2186@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2187to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2188
2189@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2190directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2191error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2192is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2193@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2194@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2195
2196@node Object
2197@section Output (Object) File
2198
2199@cindex object file
2200@cindex output file
2201@kindex a.out
2202@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2203Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2204your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2205is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2206You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2207object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2208reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2209directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2210possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2211
2212@cindex linker
2213@kindex ld
2214The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2215assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2216the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2217information for the debugger.
2218
2219@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2220@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2221
2222@node Errors
2223@section Error and Warning Messages
2224
0285c67d
NC
2225@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2226
a349d9dd 2227@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2228@cindex warning messages
2229@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2230@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2231file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2232runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2233that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2234grave problem that stops the assembly.
2235
0285c67d
NC
2236@c man end
2237
252b5132
RH
2238@cindex format of warning messages
2239Warning messages have the format
2240
2241@smallexample
2242file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2243@end smallexample
2244
2245@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2246@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2247(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2248(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2249@ifset GENERIC
2250(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2251@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2252have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2253in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2254intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2255
2256Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2257directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2258
2259@smallexample
2260 .file 2 "bar.c"
2261 error_assembler_source
2262 .file "foo.c"
2263 .line 30
2264 error_c_source
2265@end smallexample
2266
2267produces this output:
2268
2269@smallexample
2270 Assembler messages:
2271 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2272 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2273@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2274
2275@cindex format of error messages
2276Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2277
252b5132
RH
2278@smallexample
2279file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2280@end smallexample
72e0b254 2281
252b5132
RH
2282The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2283messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2284because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2285
2286@node Invoking
2287@chapter Command-Line Options
2288
2289@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2290This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2291versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2292for options specific
252b5132 2293@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2294to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2295@end ifclear
2296@ifset GENERIC
2297to particular machine architectures.
2298@end ifset
2299
0285c67d
NC
2300@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2301
c1253627 2302If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2303you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2304The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2305by commas. For example:
2306
2307@smallexample
2308gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2309@end smallexample
2310
2311@noindent
2312This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2313standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2314local symbols in the symbol table).
2315
2316Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2317command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2318(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2319precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2320assembler.)
2321
0285c67d
NC
2322@c man end
2323
252b5132 2324@menu
83f10cb2 2325* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2326* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2327* D:: -D for compatibility
2328* f:: -f to work faster
2329* I:: -I for .include search path
2330@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2331* K:: -K for compatibility
2332@end ifclear
2333@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2334* K:: -K for difference tables
2335@end ifset
2336
ba83aca1 2337* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2338* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2339* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2340* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2341* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2342* o:: -o to name the object file
2343* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2344* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2345* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2346* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2347* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2348* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2349@end menu
2350
2351@node a
83f10cb2 2352@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2353
2354@kindex -a
2355@kindex -ac
2356@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2357@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2358@kindex -ah
2359@kindex -al
2360@kindex -an
2361@kindex -as
2362@cindex listings, enabling
2363@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2364
2365These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2366@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2367You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2368@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2369@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2370@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2371High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2372@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2373also.
2374
83f10cb2
NC
2375Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2376information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2377
252b5132
RH
2378Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2379which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2380other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2381omitted from the listing.
2382
2383Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2384listing.
2385
2386Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2387listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2388@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2389@code{.sbttl}.
2390The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2391If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2392listing-control directives have no effect.
2393
2394The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2395@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2396
96e9638b
BW
2397Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2398because it
a05a5b64 2399is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2400is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2401directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2402stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2403memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2404
caa32fe5
NC
2405@node alternate
2406@section @option{--alternate}
2407
2408@kindex --alternate
2409Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2410
252b5132 2411@node D
a4fb0134 2412@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2413
2414@kindex -D
2415This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2416likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2417@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2418
2419@node f
a4fb0134 2420@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2421
2422@kindex -f
2423@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2424@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2425@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2426(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2427and comment preprocessing on
2428the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2429,Preprocessing}.
2430
2431@quotation
2432@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2433preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2434not work correctly.
2435@end quotation
2436
2437@node I
c1253627 2438@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2439
2440@kindex -I @var{path}
2441@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2442@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2443@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2444Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2445@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2446directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2447many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2448working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2449searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2450specified (left to right) on the command line.
2451
2452@node K
a4fb0134 2453@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2454
2455@kindex -K
2456@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2457On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2458permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2459where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2460generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2461family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2462alteration on other platforms.
2463@end ifclear
2464
2465@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2466@cindex difference tables, warning
2467@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2468@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2469form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2470You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2471is done.
2472@end ifset
2473
2474@node L
ba83aca1 2475@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2476
2477@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2478@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2479Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2480@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2481called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2482such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2483programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2484notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2485such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2486
2487This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2488in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2489@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2490
c3a27914 2491@node listing
a4fb0134 2492@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2493
a05a5b64 2494The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2495@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2496hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2497them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2498directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2499@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2500@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2501@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2502
a4fb0134 2503@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2504@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2505@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2506@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2507Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2508dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2509
2510@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2511@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2512@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2513Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2514a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2515the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2516switch is used the default is to one.
2517
2518@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2519@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2520@cindex Width of source line output
2521Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2522alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2523source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2524
2525@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2526@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2527@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2528Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2529displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2530@end table
2531
252b5132 2532@node M
a4fb0134 2533@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2534
2535@kindex -M
2536@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2537The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2538changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2539compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2540The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2541MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2542information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2543arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2544assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2545
2546The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2547depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2548file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2549individually. These are:
2550
2551@itemize @bullet
2552@item global symbols in common section
2553
2554The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2555Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2556common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2557symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2558symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2559
2560@item complex relocations
2561
2562The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2563relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2564are not support by other object file formats.
2565
2566@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2567
2568The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2569This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2570instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2571script.
2572
2573@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2574
2575The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2576name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2577
2578@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2579
2580The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2581address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2582which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2583not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2584assigned within a linker script.
2585@end itemize
2586
2587There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2588@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2589seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2590
2591@itemize @bullet
2592
2593@item EBCDIC strings
2594
2595EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2596
2597@item packed binary coded decimal
2598
2599Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2600and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2601
2602@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2603
2604The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2605
2606@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2607
2608The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2609
2610@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2611
2612The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2613@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2614relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2615these options serve no purpose.
2616
2617@item @code{OPT} list control options
2618
2619The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2620@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2621@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2622
2623@item other @code{OPT} options
2624
2625The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2626@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2627
2628@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2629
2630The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2631@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2632
2633@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2634
2635The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2636
252b5132
RH
2637@end itemize
2638
2639@node MD
c1253627 2640@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2641
2642@kindex --MD
2643@cindex dependency tracking
2644@cindex make rules
2645
a4fb0134 2646@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2647file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2648dependencies of the main source file.
2649
2650The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2651
2652This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2653
2edb36e7
NC
2654@node no-pad-sections
2655@section Output Section Padding
2656@kindex --no-pad-sections
2657@cindex output section padding
2658Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2659alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2660memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2661disable this behaviour.
2662
252b5132 2663@node o
a4fb0134 2664@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2665
2666@kindex -o
2667@cindex naming object file
2668@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2669There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2670default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2671You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2672object file a different name.
2673
a4fb0134 2674Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2675existing file of the same name.
2676
2677@node R
a4fb0134 2678@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2679
2680@kindex -R
2681@cindex data and text sections, joining
2682@cindex text and data sections, joining
2683@cindex joining text and data sections
2684@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2685@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2686data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2687the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2688section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2689your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2690appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2691
a4fb0134 2692When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2693address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2694data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2695older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2696
c1253627
NC
2697@ifset COFF-ELF
2698When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2699this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2700@samp{.data}.
2701@end ifset
2702
2703@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2704@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2705@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2706@end ifset
2707
2708@node statistics
a4fb0134 2709@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2710
2711@kindex --statistics
2712@cindex statistics, about assembly
2713@cindex time, total for assembly
2714@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2715Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2716@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2717(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2718seconds).
2719
2720@node traditional-format
c1253627 2721@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2722
2723@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2724For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2725from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2726@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2727
2728For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2729@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2730
2731@node v
a4fb0134 2732@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2733
2734@kindex -v
2735@kindex -version
2736@cindex assembler version
2737@cindex version of assembler
2738You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2739option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2740command line.
2741
2742@node W
a4fb0134 2743@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2744
a4fb0134 2745@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2746assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2747cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2748made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2749
c1253627
NC
2750@kindex -W
2751@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2752@cindex suppressing warnings
2753@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2754If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2755This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2756how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2757are still reported.
2758
c1253627 2759@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2760@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2761@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2762If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2763files that generate warnings to be in error.
2764
c1253627 2765@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2766@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2767You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2768causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2769
2770@node Z
a4fb0134 2771@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2772@cindex object file, after errors
2773@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2774After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2775some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2776@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2777option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2778writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2779errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2780
2781@node Syntax
2782@chapter Syntax
2783
2784@cindex machine-independent syntax
2785@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2786This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2787source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2788assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2789@ifclear VAX
2790assembler.
2791@end ifclear
2792@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2793assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2794@end ifset
2795
2796@menu
7c31ae13 2797* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2798* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2799* Comments:: Comments
2800* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2801* Statements:: Statements
2802* Constants:: Constants
2803@end menu
2804
2805@node Preprocessing
2806@section Preprocessing
2807
2808@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2809The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2810@itemize @bullet
2811@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2812@item
2813adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2814the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2815a single space.
2816
2817@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2818@item
2819removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2820appropriate number of newlines.
2821
2822@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2823@item
2824converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2825@end itemize
2826
2827It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2828anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2829do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2830(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2831to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2832@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2833Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2834
2835Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2836cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2837preprocessed.
2838
2839@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2840@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2841@kindex #NO_APP
2842@kindex #APP
2843If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2844@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2845Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2846specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2847text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2848@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2849@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2850and whitespace.
2851
2852@node Whitespace
2853@section Whitespace
2854
2855@cindex whitespace
2856@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2857Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2858people to read. Unless within character constants
2859(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2860as exactly one space.
2861
2862@node Comments
2863@section Comments
2864
2865@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2866There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2867cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2868
2869Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2870This means you may not nest these comments.
2871
2872@smallexample
2873/*
2874 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2875 is to use this sort of comment.
2876*/
2877
2878/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2879@end smallexample
2880
2881@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2882Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2883considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2884specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2885line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2886line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2887comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2888upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2889@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2890
2891If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2892special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2893to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2894
2895@kindex #
2896@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2897@cindex logical line numbers
2898To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2899special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2900expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2901line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2902new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2903
2904If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2905the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2906
2907@smallexample
2908 # This is an ordinary comment.
2909# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2910 # This is logical line # 36.
2911@end smallexample
2912This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2913of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2914
2915@node Symbol Intro
2916@section Symbols
2917
2918@cindex characters used in symbols
2919@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2920A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2921letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2922@samp{_.$}.
2923@end ifclear
2924@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2925@ifclear GENERIC
2926@ifset H8
2927A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2928letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2929@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2930symbol names.)
2931@end ifset
2932@end ifclear
2933@end ifset
2934@ifset GENERIC
2935On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2936are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2937@end ifset
2938No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2939There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2940are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2941beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2942of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2943
2944Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2945cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2946quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2947backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2948@cindex length of symbols
2949
2950@node Statements
2951@section Statements
2952
2953@cindex statements, structure of
2954@cindex line separator character
2955@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2956
2957A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2958@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2959specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2960target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2961The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2962preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2963exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2964
2965@cindex newline, required at file end
2966@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2967It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2968character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2969
2970An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2971
2972@cindex instructions and directives
2973@cindex directives and instructions
2974@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2975@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2976@c 13feb91.
2977A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2978key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2979symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2980symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2981directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2982a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2983assembles into a machine language instruction.
2984@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2985Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2986recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2987represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2988language.@refill
2989@end ifset
2990
2991@cindex @code{:} (label)
2992@cindex label (@code{:})
2993A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2994Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2995have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2996
2997@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2998For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2999the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3000only one label may be defined on each line.
3001@end ifset
3002
3003@smallexample
3004label: .directive followed by something
3005another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3006 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3007@end smallexample
3008
3009@node Constants
3010@section Constants
3011
3012@cindex constants
3013A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3014inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3015@smallexample
3016@group
3017.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3018.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3019.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3020.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
302195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3022@end group
3023@end smallexample
3024
3025@menu
3026* Characters:: Character Constants
3027* Numbers:: Number Constants
3028@end menu
3029
3030@node Characters
3031@subsection Character Constants
3032
3033@cindex character constants
3034@cindex constants, character
3035There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3036for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3037numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3038@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3039used in arithmetic expressions.
3040
3041@menu
3042* Strings:: Strings
3043* Chars:: Characters
3044@end menu
3045
3046@node Strings
3047@subsubsection Strings
3048
3049@cindex string constants
3050@cindex constants, string
3051A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3052double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3053into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3054a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3055one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3056@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3057(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3058escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3059
3060@cindex escape codes, character
3061@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3062@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3063@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3064@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3065@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3066@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3067@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3068@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3069@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3070@table @kbd
3071@c @item \a
3072@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3073@c
361fa3a4 3074@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3075@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3076@item \b
3077Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3078
3079@c @item \e
3080@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3081@c
361fa3a4 3082@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3083@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3084@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3085Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3086
361fa3a4 3087@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3088@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3089@item \n
3090Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3091
3092@c @item \p
3093@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3094@c
361fa3a4
NC
3095@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3096@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3097@item \r
3098Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3099
3100@c @item \s
3101@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3102@c other assemblers.
3103@c
361fa3a4 3104@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3105@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3106@item \t
3107Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3108
3109@c @item \v
3110@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3111@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3112@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3113@c
361fa3a4 3114@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3115@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3116@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3117An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3118For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3119for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3120
361fa3a4 3121@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3122@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3123@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3124A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3125lower case @code{x} works.
3126
361fa3a4 3127@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3128@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3129@item \\
3130Represents one @samp{\} character.
3131
3132@c @item \'
3133@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3134@c This is needed in single character literals
3135@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3136@c a @samp{'}.
3137@c
361fa3a4 3138@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3139@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3140@item \"
3141Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3142this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3143
3144@item \ @var{anything-else}
3145Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3146assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3147you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3148interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3149other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3150code and warns you of the fact.
3151@end table
3152
3153Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3154varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3155the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3156compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3157sequence.
3158
3159@node Chars
3160@subsubsection Characters
3161
3162@cindex single character constant
3163@cindex character, single
3164@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3165A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3166that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3167@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3168as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3169character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3170the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3171accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3172@ifclear GENERIC
3173@ifclear abnormal-separator
3174(or semicolon @samp{;})
3175@end ifclear
3176@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3177@ifset H8
3178(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3179Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3180@end ifset
3181@end ifset
3182@end ifclear
3183immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3184and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3185constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3186that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3187@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3188
3189@node Numbers
3190@subsection Number Constants
3191
3192@cindex constants, number
3193@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3194@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3195are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3196would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3197integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3198are floating point numbers, described below.
3199
3200@menu
3201* Integers:: Integers
3202* Bignums:: Bignums
3203* Flonums:: Flonums
3204@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3205@end ifclear
3206@end menu
3207
3208@node Integers
3209@subsubsection Integers
3210@cindex integers
3211@cindex constants, integer
3212
3213@cindex binary integers
3214@cindex integers, binary
3215A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3216the binary digits @samp{01}.
3217
3218@cindex octal integers
3219@cindex integers, octal
3220An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3221digits (@samp{01234567}).
3222
3223@cindex decimal integers
3224@cindex integers, decimal
3225A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3226more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3227
3228@cindex hexadecimal integers
3229@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3230A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3231more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3232
3233Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3234the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3235(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3236
3237@node Bignums
3238@subsubsection Bignums
3239
3240@cindex bignums
3241@cindex constants, bignum
3242A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3243except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3244represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3245integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3246
3247@node Flonums
3248@subsubsection Flonums
3249@cindex flonums
3250@cindex floating point numbers
3251@cindex constants, floating point
3252
3253@cindex precision, floating point
3254A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3255indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3256@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3257sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3258to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3259portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3260
3261A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3262@itemize @bullet
3263@item
3264The digit @samp{0}.
3265@ifset HPPA
3266(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3267@end ifset
3268
3269@item
a4fb0134 3270A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3271@ifset GENERIC
3272@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3273@ignore
3274@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3275(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
32764.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3277@end ignore
3278
a8eb42a8 3279On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3280one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3281
3282On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3283(in upper or lower case).
3284
252b5132
RH
3285On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3286@end ifset
3287@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3288@ifset ARC
3289One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3290@end ifset
3291@ifset H8
3292One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3293@end ifset
3294@ifset HPPA
3295The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3296@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3297@end ifclear
3298
3299@item
3300An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3301
3302@item
3303An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3304
3305@item
3306An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3307or more decimal digits.
3308
3309@item
3310An optional exponent, consisting of:
3311
3312@itemize @bullet
3313@item
3314An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3315@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3316@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3317@item
3318Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3319@item
3320One or more decimal digits.
3321@end itemize
3322
3323@end itemize
3324
3325At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3326present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3327
a4fb0134 3328@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3329independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3330@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3331
252b5132
RH
3332@node Sections
3333@chapter Sections and Relocation
3334@cindex sections
3335@cindex relocation
3336
3337@menu
3338* Secs Background:: Background
3339* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3340* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3341* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3342* bss:: bss Section
3343@end menu
3344
3345@node Secs Background
3346@section Background
3347
3348Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3349``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3350For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3351
3352@cindex linker, and assembler
3353@cindex assembler, and linker
3354The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3355combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3356emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3357@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3358different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3359oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3360sections.
3361
3362@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3363addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3364units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3365within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3366run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3367the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3368the proper run-time addresses.
3369@ifset H8
7be1c489 3370For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3371@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3372ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3373@end ifset
3374
3375@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3376An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3377of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3378@dfn{bss} sections.
3379
c1253627 3380@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3381@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3382When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3383@end ifset
a4fb0134 3384@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3385using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3386If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3387or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3388@end ifset
3389
3390@ifset HPPA
3391@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3392When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3393@end ifset
a4fb0134 3394@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3395specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3396@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3397(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3398assembler directives.
3399
3400@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3401Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3402text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3403is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3404BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3405@end ifset
3406@end ifset
3407
3408Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3409data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3410
3411@ifset HPPA
3412When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3413section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3414@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3415@end ifset
3416
3417To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3418relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3419object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3420@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3421file is mentioned:
3422@itemize @bullet
3423@item
3424Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3425an address?
3426@item
3427How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3428@item
3429Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3430@display
3431(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3432@end display
3433@item
3434Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3435@end itemize
3436
3437@cindex addresses, format of
3438@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3439In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3440@display
3441(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3442@end display
3443@noindent
a4fb0134 3444Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3445nature.
3446@ifset SOM
3447(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3448symbol-relative instead.)
3449@end ifset
3450
3451In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3452@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3453
3454Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3455@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3456addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3457@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3458@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3459data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3460their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3461part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3462address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3463
3464The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3465address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3466rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3467Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3468address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3469common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3470time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3471
3472By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3473the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3474sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3475customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3476the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3477data and bss sections.
3478
3479Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3480use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3481
3482@node Ld Sections
3483@section Linker Sections
3484@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3485
3486@table @strong
3487
c1253627 3488@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3489@cindex named sections
3490@cindex sections, named
3491@item named sections
3492@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3493@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3494@cindex text section
3495@cindex data section
3496@itemx text section
3497@itemx data section
3498@end ifset
a4fb0134 3499These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3500separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3501true of another.
a8eb42a8 3502@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3503When the program is running, however, it is
3504customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3505text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3506instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3507program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3508in the data section.
c1253627 3509@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3510
3511@cindex bss section
3512@item bss section
3513This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3514is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3515each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3516out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3517bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3518those explicit zeros from object files.
3519
3520@cindex absolute section
3521@item absolute section
3522Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3523This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3524not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3525addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3526
3527@cindex undefined section
3528@item undefined section
3529This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3530the preceding sections.
3531@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3532@end table
3533
3534@cindex relocation example
3535An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3536@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3537The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3538@end ifset
3539Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3540
3541@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3542@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3543@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3544@smallexample
3545 +-----+----+--+
3546partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3547 +-----+----+--+
3548
3549 text data bss
3550 seg. seg. seg.
3551
3552 +---+---+---+
3553partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3554 +---+---+---+
3555
3556 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3557linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3558 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3559
3560 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3561@end smallexample
3562@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3563@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3564@need 5000
3565@tex
c1253627 3566\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3567\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3568\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3569\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3570
3571\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3572\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3573\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3574
3575\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3576\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3577\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3578ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3579DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3580
3581\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3582\line{0\dots\hfil}
3583
3584@end tex
3585@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3586
3587@node As Sections
3588@section Assembler Internal Sections
3589
3590@cindex internal assembler sections
3591@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3592These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3593have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3594sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3595warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3596meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3597value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3598section-relative address.
3599
3600@table @b
3601@cindex assembler internal logic error
3602@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3603An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3604bug in the assembler.
3605
3606@cindex expr (internal section)
3607@item expr section
3608The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3609symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3610it in the expr section.
3611@c FIXME item debug
3612@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3613@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3614@c FIXME item register
3615@end table
3616
3617@node Sub-Sections
3618@section Sub-Sections
3619
3620@cindex numbered subsections
3621@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3622@ifset aout
252b5132 3623Assembled bytes
c1253627 3624@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3625conventionally
3626@end ifset
3627fall into two sections: text and data.
3628@end ifset
3629You may have separate groups of
3630@ifset GENERIC
3631data in named sections
3632@end ifset
3633@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3634@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3635data in named sections
3636@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3637@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3638text or data
3639@end ifset
3640@end ifclear
3641that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3642are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3643use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3644numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3645same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3646subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3647section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3648assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3649section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3650constants being output.
3651
3652Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3653goes in subsection number zero.
3654
3655@ifset GENERIC
3656Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3657(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3658of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3659@end ifset
3660@ifclear GENERIC
3661@ifset H8
7be1c489 3662On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3663boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3664The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3665@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3666@end ifclear
3667
3668Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3669to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3670The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3671other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3672They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3673data subsections as a data section.
3674
3675To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3676into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3677@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3678@ifset COFF
252b5132 3679@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3680When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3681@end ifset
3682@ifclear GENERIC
3683You
3684@end ifclear
3685can also use an extra subsection
3686argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3687@var{expression}}.
3688@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3689@ifset ELF
3690@ifset GENERIC
3691When generating ELF output, you
3692@end ifset
3693@ifclear GENERIC
3694You
3695@end ifclear
3696can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3697to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3698@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3699@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3700(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3701is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3702begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3703@smallexample
3704.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3705.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3706.text 1
3707.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3708.data 0
3709.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3710.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3711.text 0
3712.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3713.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3714@end smallexample
3715
3716Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3717assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3718restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3719counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3720@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3721current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3722assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3723
3724@node bss
3725@section bss Section
3726
3727@cindex bss section
3728@cindex common variable storage
3729The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3730You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3731not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3732your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3733section are zeroed bytes.
3734
3735The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3736@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3737
3738The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3739another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3740
3741@ifset GENERIC
3742When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3743COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3744see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3745section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3746@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3747@end ifset
3748
3749@node Symbols
3750@chapter Symbols
3751
3752@cindex symbols
3753Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3754things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3755to debug.
3756
3757@quotation
3758@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3759@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3760the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3761@end quotation
3762
3763@menu
3764* Labels:: Labels
3765* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3766* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3767* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3768* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3769@end menu
3770
3771@node Labels
3772@section Labels
3773
3774@cindex labels
3775A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3776@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3777active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3778operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3779different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3780definitions.
3781
3782@ifset HPPA
3783On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3784colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3785a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3786provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3787@end ifset
3788
3789@node Setting Symbols
3790@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3791
3792@cindex assigning values to symbols
3793@cindex symbol values, assigning
3794A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3795by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3796(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3797directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3798equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3799@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3800
f8739b83
JZ
3801@ifset Blackfin
3802Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3803@end ifset
3804
252b5132
RH
3805@node Symbol Names
3806@section Symbol Names
3807
3808@cindex symbol names
3809@cindex names, symbol
3810@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3811Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3812machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3813noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3814string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3815particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3816@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3817@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3818@ifset H8
3819Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3820Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3821character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3822on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3823@end ifset
3824@end ifset
3825
3826Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3827than @code{Foo}.
3828
ed1fcdd1
NC
3829Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3830Local Labels. See below.
3831
7bfd842d
NC
3832Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3833multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3834@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3835currently supported.
3836
252b5132
RH
3837Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3838refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3839in a program.
3840
3841@subheading Local Symbol Names
3842
3843@cindex local symbol names
3844@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3845A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3846By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3847@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3848set of local label prefixes.
3849@ifset HPPA
3850On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3851@end ifset
3852
3853Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3854normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3855You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3856to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3857
3858@subheading Local Labels
3859
3860@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3861@cindex temporary symbol names
3862@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3863Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3864programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3865be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3866referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3867the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3868To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3869@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3870to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3871stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3872
3873There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3874too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3875the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3876defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3877definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3878noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3879implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3880
3881Here is an example:
3882
3883@smallexample
38841: branch 1f
38852: branch 1b
38861: branch 2f
38872: branch 1b
3888@end smallexample
3889
3890Which is the equivalent of:
3891
3892@smallexample
3893label_1: branch label_3
3894label_2: branch label_1
3895label_3: branch label_4
3896label_4: branch label_3
3897@end smallexample
3898
ba83aca1 3899Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3900transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3901The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3902are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3903these parts:
252b5132
RH
3904
3905@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3906@item @emph{local label prefix}
3907All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3908Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3909that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3910used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3911@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3912object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3913you may use them in debugging.
3914
2d5aaba0
NC
3915@item @var{number}
3916This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3917label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3918
2d5aaba0
NC
3919@item @kbd{C-B}
3920This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3921of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3922
3923@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3924This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3925@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3926number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3927the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3928@end table
3929
ba83aca1
BW
3930So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3931the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3932
3933@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3934@cindex dollar local symbols
3935
ed1fcdd1
NC
3936On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3937local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3938become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3939valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3940by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3941by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3942
3943Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3944except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3945@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3946
3947They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3948names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3949to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3950@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3951
3952@node Dot
3953@section The Special Dot Symbol
3954
3955@cindex dot (symbol)
3956@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3957@cindex current address
3958@cindex location counter
3959The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3960@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3961.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3962Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3963directive.
252b5132 3964@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3965Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3966@samp{.space 4}.
3967@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3968
3969@node Symbol Attributes
3970@section Symbol Attributes
3971
3972@cindex symbol attributes
3973@cindex attributes, symbol
3974Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3975``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3976attributes.
3977@ifset INTERNALS
3978The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3979@end ifset
3980
a4fb0134 3981If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3982all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3983symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3984would want.
3985
3986@menu
3987* Symbol Value:: Value
3988* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3989@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3990* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3991@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3992@ifset COFF
3993* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3994@end ifset
3995@ifset SOM
3996* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3997@end ifset
3998@end menu
3999
4000@node Symbol Value
4001@subsection Value
4002
4003@cindex value of a symbol
4004@cindex symbol value
4005The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4006location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4007number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4008Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4009as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4010symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4011called absolute.
4012
4013The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40140 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4015@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4016same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4017name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4018common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4019bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4020allocated storage.
4021
4022@node Symbol Type
4023@subsection Type
4024
4025@cindex type of a symbol
4026@cindex symbol type
4027The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4028information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4029(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4030format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4031
a8eb42a8 4032@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4033@node a.out Symbols
4034@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4035
4036@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4037@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4038
252b5132
RH
4039@menu
4040* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4041* Symbol Other:: Other
4042@end menu
4043
4044@node Symbol Desc
4045@subsubsection Descriptor
4046
4047@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4048This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4049descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4050(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4051@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4052
4053@node Symbol Other
4054@subsubsection Other
4055
4056@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4057This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4058@end ifset
4059
4060@ifset COFF
4061@node COFF Symbols
4062@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4063
4064@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4065@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4066
4067The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4068like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4069@code{.endef} directives.
4070
4071@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4072
4073@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4074The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4075respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4076
4077@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4078
4079@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4080The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4081@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4082table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4083@end ifset
4084
4085@ifset SOM
4086@node SOM Symbols
4087@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4088
4089@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4090@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4091
4092The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4093the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4094
01642c12 4095The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4096Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4097@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4098@end ifset
4099
4100@node Expressions
4101@chapter Expressions
4102
4103@cindex expressions
4104@cindex addresses
4105@cindex numeric values
4106An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4107Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4108
4109The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4110a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4111enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4112section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4113the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4114@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4115
4116@menu
4117* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4118* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4119@end menu
4120
4121@node Empty Exprs
4122@section Empty Expressions
4123
4124@cindex empty expressions
4125@cindex expressions, empty
4126An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4127Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4128expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4129is compatible with other assemblers.
4130
4131@node Integer Exprs
4132@section Integer Expressions
4133
4134@cindex integer expressions
4135@cindex expressions, integer
4136An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4137by @emph{operators}.
4138
4139@menu
4140* Arguments:: Arguments
4141* Operators:: Operators
4142* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4143* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4144@end menu
4145
4146@node Arguments
4147@subsection Arguments
4148
4149@cindex expression arguments
4150@cindex arguments in expressions
4151@cindex operands in expressions
4152@cindex arithmetic operands
4153@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4154contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4155this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4156the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4157expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4158instruction operands.
4159
4160Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4161@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4162or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4163integer.
4164
4165Numbers are usually integers.
4166
4167A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4168that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4169these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4170instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4171assemblers.
4172
4173@cindex subexpressions
4174Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4175expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4176operator followed by an argument.
4177
4178@node Operators
4179@subsection Operators
4180
4181@cindex operators, in expressions
4182@cindex arithmetic functions
4183@cindex functions, in expressions
4184@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4185operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4186between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4187whitespace.
4188
4189@node Prefix Ops
4190@subsection Prefix Operator
4191
4192@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4193@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4194one argument, which must be absolute.
4195
4196@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4197@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4198@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4199@tex
4200\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4201@end tex
4202
4203@table @code
4204@item -
4205@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4206@item ~
4207@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4208@end table
4209
4210@tex
4211\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4212@end tex
4213
4214@node Infix Ops
4215@subsection Infix Operators
4216
4217@cindex infix operators
4218@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4219@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4220have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4221to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4222absolute, and the result is absolute.
4223
4224@enumerate
4225@cindex operator precedence
4226@cindex precedence of operators
4227
4228@item
4229Highest Precedence
4230
4231@table @code
4232@item *
4233@dfn{Multiplication}.
4234
4235@item /
4236@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4237
4238@item %
4239@dfn{Remainder}.
4240
d1eac9d9 4241@item <<
252b5132
RH
4242@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4243
d1eac9d9 4244@item >>
252b5132
RH
4245@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4246@end table
4247
4248@item
4249Intermediate precedence
4250
4251@table @code
4252@item |
4253
4254@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4255
4256@item &
4257@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4258
4259@item ^
4260@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4261
4262@item !
4263@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4264@end table
4265
4266@item
b131d4dc 4267Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4268
4269@table @code
4270@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4271@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4272@cindex arguments for addition
4273@item +
4274@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4275the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4276sections.
4277
4278@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4279@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4280@cindex arguments for subtraction
4281@item -
4282@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4283result has the section of the left argument.
4284If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4285You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4286@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4287
4288@cindex comparison expressions
4289@cindex expressions, comparison
4290@item ==
4291@dfn{Is Equal To}
4292@item <>
723a8472 4293@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4294@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4295@item <
4296@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4297@item >
b131d4dc 4298@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4299@item >=
b131d4dc 4300@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4301@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4302@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4303
4304The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4305value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4306perform signed comparisons.
4307@end table
4308
4309@item Lowest Precedence
4310
4311@table @code
4312@item &&
4313@dfn{Logical And}.
4314
4315@item ||
4316@dfn{Logical Or}.
4317
4318These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4319expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4320value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4321or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4322
252b5132
RH
4323@end table
4324@end enumerate
4325
4326In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4327address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4328
4329@node Pseudo Ops
4330@chapter Assembler Directives
4331
4332@cindex directives, machine independent
4333@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4334@cindex machine independent directives
4335All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4336The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4337in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4338
4339This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4340target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4341@ifset GENERIC
4342Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4343@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4344@end ifset
4345@ifclear GENERIC
4346@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4347@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4348@end ifset
4349@end ifclear
4350
4351@menu
4352* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4353@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4354* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4355@end ifset
f0dc282c 4356
252b5132 4357* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4358* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4359* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4360* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4361* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4362* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4363* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4364* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4365* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4366* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4367* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4368* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4369* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4370@ifset COFF
4371* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4372@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4373@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4374* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4375@end ifset
4376@ifset COFF
4377* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4378@end ifset
f0dc282c 4379
252b5132
RH
4380* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4381* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4382* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4383* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4384* End:: @code{.end}
4385@ifset COFF
4386* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4387@end ifset
f0dc282c 4388
252b5132
RH
4389* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4390* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4391* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4392* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4393* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4394* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4395* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4396* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4397* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4398* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4399* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4400* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4401* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4402* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4403* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4404@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4405* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4406* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4407@end ifset
f0dc282c 4408
252b5132
RH
4409* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4410* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4411* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4412* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4413* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4414* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4415@ifset ELF
4416* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4417@end ifset
f0dc282c 4418
252b5132
RH
4419* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4420* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4421* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4422* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4423@ifclear no-line-dir
4424* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4425@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4426
252b5132
RH
4427* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4428* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4429* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4430* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4431* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4432@ifset ELF
4433* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4434@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4435
252b5132
RH
4436* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4437@ignore
4438* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4439@end ignore
f0dc282c 4440
252b5132
RH
4441* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4442* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4443* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4444* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4445* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4446* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4447* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4448* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4449* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4450@ifset ELF
4451* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4452* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4453@end ifset
f0dc282c 4454
252b5132 4455* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4456@ifset ELF
4457* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4458@end ifset
f0dc282c 4459
252b5132
RH
4460* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4461* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4462@ifset ELF
4463* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4464@end ifset
f0dc282c 4465
252b5132 4466* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4467* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4468* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4469* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4470@ifset COFF
4471* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4472@end ifset
4473@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4474* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4475@end ifset
f0dc282c 4476
252b5132
RH
4477* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4478* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4479* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4480@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4481* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4482@end ifset
884f0d36 4483@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4484* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4485@end ifclear
4486
252b5132 4487* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4488@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4489* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4490@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4491@ifset have-stabs
4492* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4493@end ifset
f0dc282c 4494
38a57ae7 4495* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4496* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4497@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4498* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4499* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4500@end ifset
f0dc282c 4501
252b5132
RH
4502@ifset COFF
4503* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4504@end ifset
f0dc282c 4505
252b5132
RH
4506* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4507* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4508@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4509* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4510@end ifset
4511
c91d2e08 4512* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4513@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4514* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4515@end ifset
f0dc282c 4516
2e13b764 4517@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4518* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4519* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4520* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4521@end ifset
f0dc282c 4522
d190d046 4523* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4524* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4525* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4526* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4527@ifclear no-space-dir
4528* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4529@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4530@ifset ELF
4531* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4532* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4533* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4534@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4535* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4536@end menu
4537
4538@node Abort
4539@section @code{.abort}
4540
4541@cindex @code{abort} directive
4542@cindex stopping the assembly
4543This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4544compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4545assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4546of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4547quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4548
4549@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4550@node ABORT (COFF)
4551@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4552
4553@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4554When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4555synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4556
252b5132
RH
4557@end ifset
4558
4559@node Align
4560@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4561
4562@cindex padding the location counter
4563@cindex @code{align} directive
4564Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4565boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4566required, as described below.
4567
4568The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4569padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4570padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4571marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4572with no-op instructions.
4573
4574The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4575it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4576directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4577specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4578fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4579required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4580with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4581
4582The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4583For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4584s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4585alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4586the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4587is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4588first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4589
9e9a9798 4590For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4591strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4592number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4593advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4594counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4595multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4596
4597This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4598native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4599GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4600described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4601architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4602
ccf8a69b
BW
4603@node Altmacro
4604@section @code{.altmacro}
4605Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4606
4607@ftable @code
4608@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4609One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4610generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4611replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4612replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4613separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4614define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4615
4616@item String delimiters
4617You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4618@code{"@var{string}"}:
4619
4620@table @code
4621@item '@var{string}'
4622You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4623
4624@item <@var{string}>
4625You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4626@end table
4627
4628@item single-character string escape
4629To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4630character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4631character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4632write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4633
4634@item Expression results as strings
4635You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4636and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4637@end ftable
4638
252b5132
RH
4639@node Ascii
4640@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4641
4642@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4643@cindex string literals
4644@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4645separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4646trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4647
4648@node Asciz
4649@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4650
4651@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4652@cindex zero-terminated strings
4653@cindex null-terminated strings
4654@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4655a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4656
4657@node Balign
4658@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4659
4660@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4661@cindex @code{balign} directive
4662Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4663storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4664alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4665the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4666is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4667
4668The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4669padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4670padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4671marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4672with no-op instructions.
4673
4674The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4675it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4676directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4677specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4678fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4679required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4680with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4681
4682@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4683@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4684The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4685@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4686pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4687fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46884,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4689filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4690the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4691undefined.
4692
fa94de6b 4693@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4694@section Bundle directives
4695@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4696@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4697@cindex bundle
4698@cindex instruction bundle
4699@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4700@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4701bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4702into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4703disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4704gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4705@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4706
4707For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4708certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4709instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4710@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4711chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4712effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4713instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4714that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4715end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4716starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4717instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4718
d3b47e2b 4719@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4720@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4721@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4722The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4723allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4724are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4725aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4726@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4727directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4728
4729@cindex bundle-locked
4730For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4731appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4732instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4733and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4734instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4735sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4736@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4737entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4738boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4739first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4740aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4741bundle size.
4742
d416e51d
RM
4743For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4744inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4745nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4746@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4747matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4748same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4749
252b5132
RH
4750@node Byte
4751@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4752
4753@cindex @code{byte} directive
4754@cindex integers, one byte
4755@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4756Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4757
54cfded0 4758@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4759@section CFI directives
4760@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4761@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4762@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4763should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4764If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4765if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4766To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4767directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4768
2f0c68f2
CM
4769On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4770by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4771
bd5608dc
NC
4772Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4773which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4774
4775The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4776arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4777generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4778redefine it will result in an error.
4779
d3b47e2b 4780@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4781@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4782@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4783should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4784data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4785@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4786
01642c12 4787Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4788it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4789
d3b47e2b 4790@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4791@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4792@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4793unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4794@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4795
d3b47e2b 4796@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4797@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4798@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4799@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4800should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4801argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4802a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4803the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4804can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4805The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4806no personality routine.
4807
2f0c68f2
CM
4808@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4809@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4810@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4811defined in a compact unwinding format.
4812Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4813with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4814
4815@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4816@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4817@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4818used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4819@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4820in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4821Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4822with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4823
d3b47e2b 4824@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4825@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4826@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4827should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4828argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4829or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4830meaning that no LSDA is present.
4831
4832@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4833@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4834switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4835Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4836Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4837with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4838
4839The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4840so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4841referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4842in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4843by a section directive.
4844
4845The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4846The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4847@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4848
d3b47e2b 4849@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4850@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4851address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4852
d3b47e2b 4853@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4854@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4855now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4856remains the same.
4857
d3b47e2b 4858@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4859@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4860remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4861absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4862CFA address.
4863
d3b47e2b 4864@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4865Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4866value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4867
d3b47e2b 4868@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4869Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4870CFA.
54cfded0 4871
084303b8
AK
4872@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4873Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4874
d3b47e2b 4875@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4876Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4877the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4878using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4879This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4880code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4881
d3b47e2b 4882@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4883Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4884
d3b47e2b 4885@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4886@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4887same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4888instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4889
d3b47e2b 4890@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4891From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4892
d3b47e2b 4893@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4894Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4895i.e. no restoration needed.
4896
48eac74c
MG
4897@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4898@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4899implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4900places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4901multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4902flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4903the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4904
4905@smallexample
4906 je label
4907 popq %rbx
4908 .cfi_restore %rbx
4909 popq %r12
4910 .cfi_restore %r12
4911 popq %rbp
4912 .cfi_restore %rbp
4913 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4914 ret
4915label:
4916 /* Do something else */
4917@end smallexample
4918
4919Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4920to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4921@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4922locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4923@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4924we can write:
4925
4926@smallexample
4927 je label
4928 popq %rbx
4929 .cfi_remember_state
4930 .cfi_restore %rbx
4931 popq %r12
4932 .cfi_restore %r12
4933 popq %rbp
4934 .cfi_restore %rbp
4935 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4936 ret
4937label:
4938 .cfi_restore_state
4939 /* Do something else */
4940@end smallexample
4941
4942That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4943as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4944@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4945
d3b47e2b 4946@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4947Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4948directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4949
d3b47e2b 4950@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4951Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4952
d3b47e2b 4953@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4954SPARC register window has been saved.
4955
d3b47e2b 4956@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4957Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4958might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4959opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4960
d3b47e2b 4961@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4962The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4963will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4964description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4965
4966The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4967limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4968mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4969by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4970or another register.
4971
ccf8a69b
BW
4972@node Comm
4973@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4974
ccf8a69b
BW
4975@cindex @code{comm} directive
4976@cindex symbol, common
4977@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4978common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4979of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4980definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4981allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4982absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4983the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4984using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4985
c1711530
DK
4986@ifset COFF-ELF
4987When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4988an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4989specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4990that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4991as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4992boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4993power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4994common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4995alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4996largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4997maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4998is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4999@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5000multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5001It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5002(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5003@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5004
ccf8a69b
BW
5005@ifset HPPA
5006The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5007@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5008@end ifset
07a53e5c 5009
252b5132
RH
5010@node Data
5011@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5012@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5013
a4fb0134 5014@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5015end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5016absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5017to zero.
5018
340d33e5
NC
5019@node Dc
5020@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5021@cindex @code{dc} directive
5022
46c685ac 5023The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5024commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5025current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5026@code{.dc} directive:
5027
5028@table @code
5029@item @samp{.a}
5030Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5031@item @samp{.b}
5032Emits 8-bit values.
5033@item @samp{.d}
5034Emits double precision floating-point values.
5035@item @samp{.l}
5036Emits 32-bit values.
5037@item @samp{.s}
5038Emits single precision floating-point values.
5039@item @samp{.w}
5040Emits 16-bit values.
5041Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
504232-bit values.
5043@item @samp{.x}
5044Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5045@end table
5046
5047If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5048
d7c79856
MR
5049The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5050point values.
340d33e5
NC
5051
5052@node Dcb
5053@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5054@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5055This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5056bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5057comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5058@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5059
5060@table @code
5061@item @samp{.b}
5062Emits single byte values.
5063@item @samp{.d}
5064Emits double-precision floating point values.
5065@item @samp{.l}
5066Emits 4-byte values.
5067@item @samp{.s}
5068Emits single-precision floating point values.
5069@item @samp{.w}
5070Emits 2-byte values.
5071@item @samp{.x}
5072Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5073@end table
5074
5075If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5076
5077The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5078point values.
5079
5080@node Ds
5081@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5082@cindex @code{ds} directive
5083This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5084bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5085comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5086@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5087
5088@table @code
5089@item @samp{.b}
5090Emits single byte values.
5091@item @samp{.d}
5092Emits 8-byte values.
5093@item @samp{.l}
5094Emits 4-byte values.
5095@item @samp{.p}
5096Emits 12-byte values.
5097@item @samp{.s}
5098Emits 4-byte values.
5099@item @samp{.w}
5100Emits 2-byte values.
5101@item @samp{.x}
5102Emits 12-byte values.
5103@end table
5104
5105Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5106suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5107
5108If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5109
d7c79856 5110The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5111
5112
252b5132
RH
5113@ifset COFF
5114@node Def
5115@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5116
5117@cindex @code{def} directive
5118@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5119@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5120Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5121definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5122@end ifset
5123
a8eb42a8 5124@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5125@node Desc
5126@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5127
5128@cindex @code{desc} directive
5129@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5130@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5131This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5132to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5133
5134@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5135The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5136configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5137object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5138it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5139@end ifset
5140@end ifset
5141
5142@ifset COFF
5143@node Dim
5144@section @code{.dim}
5145
5146@cindex @code{dim} directive
5147@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5148@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5149This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5150information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5151@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5152@end ifset
5153
5154@node Double
5155@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5156
5157@cindex @code{double} directive
5158@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5159@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5160assembles floating point numbers.
5161@ifset GENERIC
5162The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5163@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5164@end ifset
5165@ifclear GENERIC
5166@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5167On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5168in @sc{ieee} format.
5169@end ifset
5170@end ifclear
5171
5172@node Eject
5173@section @code{.eject}
5174
5175@cindex @code{eject} directive
5176@cindex new page, in listings
5177@cindex page, in listings
5178@cindex listing control: new page
5179Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5180
5181@node Else
5182@section @code{.else}
5183
5184@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5185@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5186assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5187of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5188was false.
5189
3fd9f047
TW
5190@node Elseif
5191@section @code{.elseif}
5192
5193@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5194@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5195assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5196@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5197
252b5132
RH
5198@node End
5199@section @code{.end}
5200
5201@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5202@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5203process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5204
5205@ifset COFF
5206@node Endef
5207@section @code{.endef}
5208
5209@cindex @code{endef} directive
5210This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5211@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5212@end ifset
5213
5214@node Endfunc
5215@section @code{.endfunc}
5216@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5217@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5218
5219@node Endif
5220@section @code{.endif}
5221
5222@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5223@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5224it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5225conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5226
5227@node Equ
5228@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5229
5230@cindex @code{equ} directive
5231@cindex assigning values to symbols
5232@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5233This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5234It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5235
5236@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5237The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5238@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5239@end ifset
5240
3c9b82ba 5241@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5242The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5243@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5244On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5245but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5246Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5247@end ifset
5248
252b5132
RH
5249@node Equiv
5250@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5251@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5252The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5253the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5254symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5255undefined.
252b5132 5256
01642c12 5257Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5258@smallexample
5259.ifdef SYM
5260.err
5261.endif
5262.equ SYM,VAL
5263@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5264plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5265
5266@node Eqv
5267@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5268@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5269The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5270evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5271the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5272value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5273
5274@node Err
5275@section @code{.err}
5276@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5277If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5278message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5279object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5280
d190d046
HPN
5281@node Error
5282@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5283@cindex error directive
5284
5285Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5286string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5287message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5288@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5289
5290@smallexample
5291 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5292@end smallexample
5293
252b5132
RH
5294@node Exitm
5295@section @code{.exitm}
5296Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5297
5298@node Extern
5299@section @code{.extern}
5300
5301@cindex @code{extern} directive
5302@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5303with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5304all undefined symbols as external.
5305
5306@node Fail
5307@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5308
5309@cindex @code{fail} directive
5310Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5311or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5312than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5313include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5314complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5315
252b5132 5316@node File
14082c76 5317@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5318@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5319
5320@ifclear no-file-dir
5321There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5322that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5323@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5324
5325@subheading Default Version
5326
252b5132
RH
5327@cindex logical file name
5328@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5329This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5330are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5331
5332@smallexample
5333.file @var{string}
5334@end smallexample
5335
5336@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5337recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5338to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5339statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5340old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5341
5342@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5343@end ifclear
5344
14082c76
BW
5345When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5346to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5347
5348@smallexample
5349.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5350@end smallexample
5351
5352The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5353index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5354literal.
5355
5356The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5357table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5358information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5359entries will have.
5360
252b5132
RH
5361@node Fill
5362@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5363
5364@cindex @code{fill} directive
5365@cindex writing patterns in memory
5366@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5367@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5368This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5369may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5370more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5371other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5372is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5373zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5374byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5375Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5376@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5377compatible with other people's assemblers.
5378
5379@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5380If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5381assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5382@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5383
5384@node Float
5385@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5386
5387@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5388@cindex @code{float} directive
5389This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5390has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5391@ifset GENERIC
5392The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5393@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5394@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5395@end ifset
5396@ifclear GENERIC
5397@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5398On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5399in @sc{ieee} format.
5400@end ifset
5401@end ifclear
5402
5403@node Func
5404@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5405@cindex @code{func} directive
5406@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5407is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5408Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5409@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5410prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5411@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5412All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5413The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5414
5415@node Global
5416@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5417
5418@cindex @code{global} directive
5419@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5420@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5421@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5422other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5423@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5424from another file linked into the same program.
5425
5426Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5427compatibility with other assemblers.
5428
5429@ifset HPPA
5430On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5431partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5432@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5433@end ifset
5434
c91d2e08 5435@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5436@node Gnu_attribute
5437@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5438Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5439
c91d2e08
NC
5440@node Hidden
5441@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5442
c1253627
NC
5443@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5444@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5445This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5446@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5447@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5448
5449This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5450their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5451@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5452Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5453@end ifset
5454
252b5132
RH
5455@node hword
5456@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5457
5458@cindex @code{hword} directive
5459@cindex integers, 16-bit
5460@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5461@cindex sixteen bit integers
5462This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5463a 16 bit number for each.
5464
5465@ifset GENERIC
5466This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5467architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5468@end ifset
5469@ifclear GENERIC
5470@ifset W32
5471This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5472@end ifset
5473@ifset W16
5474This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5475@end ifset
5476@end ifclear
5477
5478@node Ident
5479@section @code{.ident}
5480
5481@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5482
5483This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5484behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5485a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5486source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5487for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5488@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5489emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5490
5491@node If
5492@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5493
5494@cindex conditional assembly
5495@cindex @code{if} directive
5496@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5497considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5498(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5499the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5500(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5501alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5502If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5503nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5504
5505The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5506@table @code
5507@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5508@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5509Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5510has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5511is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5512
26aca5f6
JB
5513@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5514@item .ifb @var{text}
5515Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5516
252b5132
RH
5517@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5518@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5519Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5520strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5521the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5522end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5523string comparison is case sensitive.
5524
5525@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5526@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5527Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5528
5529@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5530@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5531Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5532
5533@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5534@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5535Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5536equal to zero.
5537
5538@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5539@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5540Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5541
5542@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5543@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5544Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5545to zero.
5546
5547@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5548@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5549Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5550
26aca5f6
JB
5551@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5552@item .ifnb @var{text}
5553Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5554following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5555
252b5132
RH
5556@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5557@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5558Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5559following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5560
5561@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5562@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5563@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5564@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5565Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5566has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5567which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5568
5569@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5570@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5571Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5572(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5573
5574@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5575@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5576Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5577following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5578@end table
5579
7e005732
NC
5580@node Incbin
5581@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5582
5583@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5584@cindex binary files, including
5585The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5586location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5587option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5588around @var{file}.
5589
5590The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5591@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5592read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5593responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5594after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5595
252b5132
RH
5596@node Include
5597@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5598
5599@cindex @code{include} directive
5600@cindex supporting files, including
5601@cindex files, including
5602This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5603points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5604if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5605included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5606can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5607(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5608around @var{file}.
5609
5610@node Int
5611@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5612
5613@cindex @code{int} directive
5614@cindex integers, 32-bit
5615Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5616For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5617expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5618of target the assembly is for.
5619
5620@ifclear GENERIC
5621@ifset H8
7be1c489 5622On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5623integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
562432-bit integers.
5625@end ifset
5626@end ifclear
5627
c91d2e08
NC
5628@ifset ELF
5629@node Internal
5630@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5631
c1253627
NC
5632@cindex @code{internal} directive
5633@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5634This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5635@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5636@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5637
5638This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5639their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5640@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5641(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5642processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5643@end ifset
5644
252b5132
RH
5645@node Irp
5646@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5647
5648@cindex @code{irp} directive
5649Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5650The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5651terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5652set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5653@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5654@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5655sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5656
5657For example, assembling
5658
5659@example
5660 .irp param,1,2,3
5661 move d\param,sp@@-
5662 .endr
5663@end example
5664
5665is equivalent to assembling
5666
5667@example
5668 move d1,sp@@-
5669 move d2,sp@@-
5670 move d3,sp@@-
5671@end example
5672
96e9638b 5673For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5674
252b5132
RH
5675@node Irpc
5676@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5677
5678@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5679Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5680The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5681terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5682@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5683assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5684assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5685@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5686
5687For example, assembling
5688
5689@example
5690 .irpc param,123
5691 move d\param,sp@@-
5692 .endr
5693@end example
5694
5695is equivalent to assembling
5696
5697@example
5698 move d1,sp@@-
5699 move d2,sp@@-
5700 move d3,sp@@-
5701@end example
5702
5e75c3ab
JB
5703For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5704at @xref{Macro}.
5705
252b5132
RH
5706@node Lcomm
5707@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5708
5709@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5710@cindex local common symbols
5711@cindex symbols, local common
5712Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5713denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5714those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5715section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5716is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5717not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5718
5719@ifset GENERIC
5720Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5721argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5722@end ifset
5723
5724@ifset HPPA
5725The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5726@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5727@end ifset
5728
5729@node Lflags
5730@section @code{.lflags}
5731
5732@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5733@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5734assemblers, but ignores it.
5735
5736@ifclear no-line-dir
5737@node Line
5738@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5739
5740@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5741@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5742@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5743Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5744expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5745statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5746reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5747@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5748for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5749@end ifset
5750
252b5132 5751Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5752@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5753when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5754were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5755@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5756
5757Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5758used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5759debugging.
5760@end ifclear
5761
5762@node Linkonce
5763@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5764@cindex COMDAT
5765@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5766@cindex common sections
5767Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5768This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5769but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5770The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5771Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5772unique.
5773
5774This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5775writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5776Executable format used on Windows NT.
5777
5778The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5779following strings. For example:
5780@smallexample
5781.linkonce same_size
5782@end smallexample
5783Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5784
5785@table @code
5786@item discard
5787Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5788
5789@item one_only
5790Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5791
5792@item same_size
5793Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5794
5795@item same_contents
5796Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5797@end table
5798
ccf8a69b
BW
5799@node List
5800@section @code{.list}
5801
5802@cindex @code{list} directive
5803@cindex listing control, turning on
5804Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5805not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5806internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5807counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5808generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5809
5810By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5811@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5812the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5813
252b5132
RH
5814@node Ln
5815@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5816
5817@cindex @code{ln} directive
5818@ifclear no-line-dir
5819@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5820@end ifclear
5821@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5822Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5823must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5824line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5825statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5826line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5827@end ifset
5828
ccf8a69b
BW
5829@node Loc
5830@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5831@cindex @code{loc} directive
5832When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5833the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5834number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5835instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5836arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5837the row is added.
252b5132 5838
ccf8a69b
BW
5839The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5840
5841@table @code
5842@item basic_block
5843This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5844@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5845
5846@item prologue_end
5847This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5848@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5849
5850@item epilogue_begin
5851This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5852@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5853
5854@item is_stmt @var{value}
5855This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5856@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5857either 0 or 1.
5858
5859@item isa @var{value}
5860This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5861state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5862
92846e72
CC
5863@item discriminator @var{value}
5864This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5865state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5866
ba8826a8
AO
5867@item view @var{value}
5868This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5869current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5870instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5871@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5872@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5873directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5874@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5875that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5876location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5877the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5878@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5879
ccf8a69b
BW
5880@end table
5881
5882@node Loc_mark_labels
5883@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5884@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5885When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5886the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5887to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5888register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5889The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5890this function respectively.
252b5132 5891
4d4175af
BW
5892@ifset ELF
5893@node Local
5894@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5895
5896@cindex @code{local} directive
5897This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5898the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5899will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5900they will be created.
5901
5902For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5903accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5904the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5905(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5906@end ifset
5907
252b5132
RH
5908@node Long
5909@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5910
5911@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5912@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5913
5914@ignore
5915@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5916@c what it really ought to do
5917@node Lsym
5918@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5919
5920@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5921@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5922@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5923the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5924rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5925the same as the expression value:
5926@smallexample
5927@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5928@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5929@var{value} = @var{expression}
5930@end smallexample
5931@noindent
5932The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5933@end ignore
5934
5935@node Macro
5936@section @code{.macro}
5937
5938@cindex macros
5939The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5940generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5941@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5942
5943@example
5944 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5945 .long \from
5946 .if \to-\from
5947 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5948 .endif
5949 .endm
5950@end example
5951
5952@noindent
5953With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5954
5955@example
5956 .long 0
5957 .long 1
5958 .long 2
5959 .long 3
5960 .long 4
5961 .long 5
5962@end example
5963
5964@ftable @code
5965@item .macro @var{macname}
5966@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5967@cindex @code{macro} directive
5968Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5969definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5970separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5971indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5972@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5973(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5974macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5975cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5976subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5977definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5978
5979@table @code
5980@item .macro comm
5981Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5982arguments.
5983
6258339f 5984@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5985@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5986Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5987which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5988@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5989
5990@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5991Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5992arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5993After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5994@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5995@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5996,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5997@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5998
6eaeac8a
JB
5999@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6000Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6001arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6002not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6003will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6004
252b5132
RH
6005When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6006position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6007@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6008
6258339f
NC
6009@end table
6010
5e75c3ab
JB
6011Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6012as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6013occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6014characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6015(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6016architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6017character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6018replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6019construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6020identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6021this macro definition:
6022
6023@example
6024 .macro label l
6025\l:
6026 .endm
6027@end example
6028
6029might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6030called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6031assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6032identifier.
6033
6034Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6035which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6036for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6037length specifier like this:
6038
6039@example
6040 .macro opcode base length
6041 \base.\length
6042 .endm
6043@end example
6044
6045and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6046instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6047interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6048
6049There are several possible ways around this problem:
6050
6051@table @code
6052@item Insert white space
6053If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6054solution. eg:
6055
6056@example
6057 .macro label l
6058\l :
6059 .endm
6060@end example
6061
6062@item Use @samp{\()}
6063The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6064the following text. eg:
6065
6066@example
6067 .macro opcode base length
6068 \base\().\length
6069 .endm
6070@end example
6071
6072@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6073In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6074used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6075
6076@example
6077 .altmacro
6078 .macro label l
6079l&:
6080 .endm
6081@end example
6258339f 6082@end table
5e75c3ab 6083
96e9638b 6084Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6085also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6086and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6087
252b5132
RH
6088@item .endm
6089@cindex @code{endm} directive
6090Mark the end of a macro definition.
6091
6092@item .exitm
6093@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6094Exit early from the current macro definition.
6095
6096@cindex number of macros executed
6097@cindex macros, count executed
6098@item \@@
a4fb0134 6099@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6100executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6101output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6102
252b5132
RH
6103@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6104@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6105macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6106@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6107@end ftable
252b5132 6108
ccf8a69b
BW
6109@node MRI
6110@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6111
ccf8a69b
BW
6112@cindex @code{mri} directive
6113@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6114If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6115@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6116affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6117of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6118
caa32fe5
NC
6119@node Noaltmacro
6120@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6121Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6122
252b5132
RH
6123@node Nolist
6124@section @code{.nolist}
6125
6126@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6127@cindex listing control, turning off
6128Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6129not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6130internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6131counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6132generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6133
8f065d3b
L
6134@node Nops
6135@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6136
8f065d3b 6137@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6138@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6139This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6140@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6141@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6142the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6143zero.
6144
6145Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6146the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6147are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6148older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6149tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6150instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6151
252b5132
RH
6152@node Octa
6153@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6154
a8eb42a8 6155@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6156@cindex @code{octa} directive
6157@cindex integer, 16-byte
6158@cindex sixteen byte integer
6159This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6160bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6161
6162The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6163hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6164
9aec2026
NC
6165@node Offset
6166@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6167
6168@cindex @code{offset} directive
6169Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6170be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6171symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6172directive.
9aec2026 6173
252b5132
RH
6174@node Org
6175@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6176
6177@cindex @code{org} directive
6178@cindex location counter, advancing
6179@cindex advancing location counter
6180@cindex current address, advancing
6181Advance the location counter of the current section to
6182@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6183expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6184you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6185wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6186with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6187@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6188is the same as the current subsection.
6189
6190@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6191unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6192backwards.
6193
6194@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6195@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6196@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6197Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6198may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6199a chance to share your improved assembler.
6200
6201Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6202to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6203people's assemblers.
6204
6205When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6206intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6207absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6208@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6209
6210@node P2align
6211@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6212
6213@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6214@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6215Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6216storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6217number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6218advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6219counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
6220multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6221
6222The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6223padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6224padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6225marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6226with no-op instructions.
6227
6228The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6229it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6230directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6231specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6232fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6233required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6234with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6235
6236@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6237@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6238The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6239@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6240pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6241fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
62422,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6243filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6244the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6245undefined.
6246
ccf8a69b
BW
6247@ifset ELF
6248@node PopSection
6249@section @code{.popsection}
6250
6251@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6252@cindex Section Stack
6253This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6254@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6255@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6256(@pxref{Previous}).
6257
6258This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6259section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6260stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6261@end ifset
6262
c91d2e08
NC
6263@ifset ELF
6264@node Previous
6265@section @code{.previous}
6266
c1253627 6267@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6268@cindex Section Stack
6269This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6270@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6271@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6272(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6273
6274This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6275referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6276@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6277subsections). For example:
6278
6279@smallexample
6280.section A
6281 .subsection 1
6282 .word 0x1234
6283 .subsection 2
6284 .word 0x5678
6285.previous
6286 .word 0x9abc
6287@end smallexample
6288
6289Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6290section A. Whilst:
6291
6292@smallexample
6293.section A
6294.subsection 1
6295 # Now in section A subsection 1
6296 .word 0x1234
6297.section B
6298.subsection 0
6299 # Now in section B subsection 0
6300 .word 0x5678
6301.subsection 1
6302 # Now in section B subsection 1
6303 .word 0x9abc
6304.previous
6305 # Now in section B subsection 0
6306 .word 0xdef0
6307@end smallexample
6308
6309Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6310section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6311
6312In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6313the top section on the section stack.
6314@end ifset
6315
252b5132
RH
6316@node Print
6317@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6318
6319@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6320@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6321assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6322
c91d2e08
NC
6323@ifset ELF
6324@node Protected
6325@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6326
c1253627
NC
6327@cindex @code{protected} directive
6328@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6329This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6330@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6331
6332This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6333their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6334@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6335components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6336component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6337this.
c91d2e08
NC
6338@end ifset
6339
252b5132
RH
6340@node Psize
6341@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6342
6343@cindex @code{psize} directive
6344@cindex listing control: paper size
6345@cindex paper size, for listings
6346Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6347number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6348
6349If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6350of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6351default width is 200 columns.
6352
a4fb0134 6353@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6354lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6355@code{.eject}).
6356
6357If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6358those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6359
6360@node Purgem
6361@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6362
6363@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6364Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6365expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6366
c91d2e08
NC
6367@ifset ELF
6368@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6369@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6370
c1253627 6371@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6372@cindex Section Stack
6373This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6374@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6375@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6376(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6377
e9863d7f
DJ
6378This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6379top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6380subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6381@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6382as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6383@end ifset
6384
252b5132
RH
6385@node Quad
6386@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6387
6388@cindex @code{quad} directive
6389@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6390each bignum, it emits
6391@ifclear bignum-16
6392an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6393warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6394@cindex eight-byte integer
6395@cindex integer, 8-byte
6396
6397The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6398hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6399@end ifclear
6400@ifset bignum-16
6401a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6402warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6403@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6404@cindex integer, 16-byte
6405@end ifset
6406
05e9452c
AM
6407@node Reloc
6408@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6409
6410@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6411Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6412@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6413the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6414symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6415@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6416absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6417targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6418relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6419section.
6420
252b5132
RH
6421@node Rept
6422@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6423
6424@cindex @code{rept} directive
6425Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6426@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6427
6428For example, assembling
6429
6430@example
6431 .rept 3
6432 .long 0
6433 .endr
6434@end example
6435
6436is equivalent to assembling
6437
6438@example
6439 .long 0
6440 .long 0
6441 .long 0
6442@end example
6443
808811a3
NC
6444A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6445allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6446
252b5132
RH
6447@node Sbttl
6448@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6449
6450@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6451@cindex subtitles for listings
6452@cindex listing control: subtitle
6453Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6454title line) when generating assembly listings.
6455
6456This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6457it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6458
6459@ifset COFF
6460@node Scl
6461@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6462
6463@cindex @code{scl} directive
6464@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6465@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6466Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6467used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6468whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6469symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6470@end ifset
6471
c1253627 6472@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6473@node Section
c1253627 6474@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6475
252b5132
RH
6476@cindex named section
6477Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6478named @var{name}.
6479
6480This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6481named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6482with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6483
c1253627
NC
6484@ifset COFF
6485@ifset ELF
6486@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6487@subheading COFF Version
6488@end ifset
6489
6490@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6491For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6492ways:
c91d2e08 6493
252b5132
RH
6494@smallexample
6495.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6496.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6497@end smallexample
6498
6499If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6500section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6501
252b5132
RH
6502@table @code
6503@item b
6504bss section (uninitialized data)
6505@item n
6506section is not loaded
6507@item w
6508writable section
6509@item d
6510data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6511@item e
6512exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6513@item r
6514read-only section
6515@item x
6516executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6517@item s
6518shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6519@item a
6520ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6521@item y
6522section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6523@item 0-9
6524single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6525@end table
6526
6527If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6528the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6529loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6530from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6531will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6532
6533If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6534taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6535@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6536
6537@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6538@ifset COFF
6539@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6540@subheading ELF Version
6541@end ifset
6542
c91d2e08
NC
6543@cindex Section Stack
6544This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6545@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6546(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6547@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6548
c1253627 6549@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6550For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6551
252b5132 6552@smallexample
7047dd1e 6553.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6554@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6555
451133ce
NP
6556@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6557@kindex --sectname-subst
6558@cindex section name substitution
6559If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6560argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6561at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6562
6563@smallexample
6564.macro exception_code
6565.section %S.exception
6566[exception code here]
6567.previous
6568.endm
6569
6570.text
6571[code]
6572exception_code
6573[...]
6574
6575.section .init
6576[init code]
6577exception_code
6578[...]
6579@end smallexample
6580
6581The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6582@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6583This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6584tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6585need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6586macros just for that purpose.
6587
252b5132 6588The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6589combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6590
252b5132
RH
6591@table @code
6592@item a
6593section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6594@item d
6595section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6596@item e
6597section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6598@item w
6599section is writable
6600@item x
6601section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6602@item M
6603section is mergeable
6604@item S
6605section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6606@item G
6607section is a member of a section group
6608@item T
6609section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6610@item ?
6611section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6612@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6613a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6614field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6615also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6616resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6617@item @code{<target specific>}
6618some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6619@end table
6620
9fb71ee4
NC
6621Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6622a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6623flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6624@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6625(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6626section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6627
252b5132 6628The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6629
252b5132
RH
6630@table @code
6631@item @@progbits
6632section contains data
6633@item @@nobits
6634section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6635@item @@note
6636section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6637@item @@init_array
6638section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6639@item @@fini_array
6640section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6641@item @@preinit_array
6642section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6643@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6644a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6645@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6646some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6647@end table
6648
9fb71ee4
NC
6649Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6650enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6651
ececec60
NC
6652Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6653ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6654@code{%} character.
6655
9fb71ee4
NC
6656Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6657special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6658type will generate an error from the assembler.
6659
22fe14ad 6660If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6661be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6662
6663@smallexample
6664.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6665@end smallexample
6666
6667Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6668constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6669@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6670@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6671the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6672absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6673which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6674@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6675@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6676
6677If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6678be present along with an additional field like this:
6679
6680@smallexample
6681.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6682@end smallexample
6683
6684The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6685particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6686
22fe14ad
NC
6687@table @code
6688@item comdat
6689indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6690@item .gnu.linkonce
6691an alias for comdat
6692@end table
6693
96e9638b 6694Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6695the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6696
6697@smallexample
6698.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6699@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6700
01642c12
RM
6701If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6702@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6703present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6704this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6705@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6706If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6707
252b5132
RH
6708If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6709the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6710none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6711executable. The section will contain data.
6712
6713For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6714directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6715
252b5132
RH
6716@smallexample
6717.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6718@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6719
252b5132
RH
6720Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6721separated flags:
eda683bb 6722
252b5132
RH
6723@table @code
6724@item #alloc
6725section is allocatable
6726@item #write
6727section is writable
6728@item #execinstr
6729section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6730@item #exclude
6731section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6732@item #tls
6733section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6734@end table
c91d2e08 6735
e9863d7f
DJ
6736This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6737contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6738some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6739work.
c1253627
NC
6740@end ifset
6741@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6742
6743@node Set
6744@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6745
6746@cindex @code{set} directive
6747@cindex symbol value, setting
6748Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6749changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6750@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6751flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6752
5d239759
NC
6753You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6754values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6755involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6756being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6757addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6758final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6759the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6760different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6761
6762If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6763file is the last value stored into it.
6764
3c9b82ba
NC
6765@ifset Z80
6766On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6767@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6768@end ifset
6769
252b5132
RH
6770@node Short
6771@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6772
6773@cindex @code{short} directive
6774@ifset GENERIC
6775@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6776@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6777
6778In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6779numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6780@end ifset
6781@ifclear GENERIC
6782@ifset W16
6783@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6784@end ifset
6785@ifset W32
6786This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6787a 16 bit number for each.
6788@end ifset
6789@end ifclear
6790
6791@node Single
6792@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6793
6794@cindex @code{single} directive
6795@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6796This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6797has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6798@ifset GENERIC
6799The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6800@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6801@end ifset
6802@ifclear GENERIC
6803@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6804On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6805numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6806@end ifset
6807@end ifclear
6808
c1253627 6809@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6810@node Size
c1253627 6811@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6812
c1253627
NC
6813This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6814
6815@ifset COFF
6816@ifset ELF
6817@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6818@subheading COFF Version
6819@end ifset
6820
6821@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6822For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6823@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6824
6825@smallexample
6826.size @var{expression}
6827@end smallexample
252b5132 6828
c1253627 6829@end ifset
c91d2e08 6830
c1253627
NC
6831@ifset ELF
6832@ifset COFF
6833@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6834@subheading ELF Version
6835@end ifset
6836
6837@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6838For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6839
c1253627
NC
6840@smallexample
6841.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6842@end smallexample
6843
6844This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6845The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6846arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6847symbols.
c1253627
NC
6848@end ifset
6849@end ifset
252b5132 6850
252b5132
RH
6851@ifclear no-space-dir
6852@node Skip
340d33e5 6853@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6854
6855@cindex @code{skip} directive
6856@cindex filling memory
6857This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6858@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6859@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6860@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6861@end ifclear
252b5132 6862
ccf8a69b
BW
6863@node Sleb128
6864@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6865
6866@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6867@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6868compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6869symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6870
884f0d36 6871@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6872@node Space
340d33e5 6873@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6874
6875@cindex @code{space} directive
6876@cindex filling memory
6877This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6878@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6879and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6880as @samp{.skip}.
6881
6882@ifset HPPA
6883@quotation
6884@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6885targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6886Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6887@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6888for a summary.
6889@end quotation
6890@end ifset
6891@end ifclear
6892
252b5132
RH
6893@ifset have-stabs
6894@node Stab
6895@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6896
6897@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6898@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6899There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6900All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6901The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6902cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6903Up to five fields are required:
6904
6905@table @var
6906@item string
6907This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6908@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6909debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6910using this field.
6911
6912@item type
6913An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6914this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6915and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6916
6917@item other
6918An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6919low 8 bits of this expression.
6920
6921@item desc
6922An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6923bits of this expression.
6924
6925@item value
6926An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6927@end table
6928
6929If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6930or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6931you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6932compatible with earlier assemblers!
6933
6934@table @code
6935@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6936@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6937
6938The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6939It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6940null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6941strings.
6942
6943The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6944relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6945is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6946assembled.
6947
6948@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6949@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6950The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6951
6952@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6953@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6954All five fields are specified.
6955@end table
6956@end ifset
6957@c end have-stabs
6958
6959@node String
38a57ae7 6960@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6961"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6962
6963@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6964@cindex string8, copying to object file
6965@cindex string16, copying to object file
6966@cindex string32, copying to object file
6967@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6968@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6969@cindex @code{string8} directive
6970@cindex @code{string16} directive
6971@cindex @code{string32} directive
6972@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6973
6974Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6975one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6976particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6977You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6978
01642c12 6979The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6980the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6981copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6982are stored in target endianness byte order.
6983
6984Example:
6985@smallexample
6986 .string32 "BYE"
6987expands to:
6988 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6989 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6990@end smallexample
6991
6992
252b5132
RH
6993@node Struct
6994@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6995
6996@cindex @code{struct} directive
6997Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6998which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6999@smallexample
7000 .struct 0
7001field1:
7002 .struct field1 + 4
7003field2:
7004 .struct field2 + 4
7005field3:
7006@end smallexample
7007This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7008@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7009value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7010use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7011before further assembly.
7012
c91d2e08
NC
7013@ifset ELF
7014@node SubSection
7015@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7016
c1253627 7017@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7018@cindex Section Stack
7019This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7020@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7021@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7022(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7023
7024This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7025section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7026in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7027@end ifset
7028
252b5132
RH
7029@ifset ELF
7030@node Symver
7031@section @code{.symver}
7032@cindex @code{symver} directive
7033@cindex symbol versioning
7034@cindex versions of symbols
7035Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7036within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7037typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7038There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7039into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7040shared library.
7041
79082ff0 7042For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
7043@smallexample
7044.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
7045@end smallexample
339681c0 7046If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7047being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7048alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7049just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7050permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7051of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7052itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7053have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7054file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7055function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7056the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7057building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7058symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
7059nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
7060
7061If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7062references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7063reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7064symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7065
7066Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7067@smallexample
7068.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7069@end smallexample
7070In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7071the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7072difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7073references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7074
7075The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7076@smallexample
7077.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7078@end smallexample
7079When @var{name} is not defined within the
7080file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7081@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7082name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7083@end ifset
7084
7085@ifset COFF
7086@node Tag
7087@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7088
7089@cindex COFF structure debugging
7090@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7091@cindex @code{tag} directive
7092This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7093information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7094@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7095definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7096@end ifset
7097
7098@node Text
7099@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7100
7101@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7102Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7103the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7104expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7105is used.
7106
7107@node Title
7108@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7109
7110@cindex @code{title} directive
7111@cindex listing control: title line
7112Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7113source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7114
7115This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7116it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7117
c1253627 7118@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7119@node Type
c1253627
NC
7120@section @code{.type}
7121
7122This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7123
7124@ifset COFF
7125@ifset ELF
7126@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7127@subheading COFF Version
7128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7129
7130@cindex COFF symbol type
7131@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7132@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7133For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7134@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7135
7136@smallexample
7137.type @var{int}
7138@end smallexample
7139
7140This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7141entry.
252b5132 7142
c1253627 7143@end ifset
c91d2e08 7144
c1253627
NC
7145@ifset ELF
7146@ifset COFF
7147@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7148@subheading ELF Version
7149@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7150
7151@cindex ELF symbol type
7152@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7153@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7154For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7155
7156@smallexample
7157.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7158@end smallexample
7159
7160This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7161function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7162supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7163compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7164
7165Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7166@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7167below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7168the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7169maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7170assemblers.
7171
7172The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7173
7174@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7175 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7176 .type <name>,#<type>
7177 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7178 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7179 .type <name>,"<type>"
7180@end smallexample
7181
7182The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7183
5671778d
NC
7184@table @gcctabopt
7185@item STT_FUNC
7186@itemx function
7187Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7188
d8045f23
NC
7189@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7190@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7191Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7192processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7193
5671778d
NC
7194@item STT_OBJECT
7195@itemx object
7196Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7197
7198@item STT_TLS
7199@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7200Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7201
7202@item STT_COMMON
7203@itemx common
7204Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7205
7206@item STT_NOTYPE
7207@itemx notype
7208Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7209
3e7a7d11
NC
7210@item gnu_unique_object
7211Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7212will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7213name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7214systems).
3e7a7d11 7215
5671778d
NC
7216@end table
7217
f2d4ba38
JB
7218Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7219result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7220this.
7221
5671778d 7222Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7223
c1253627
NC
7224@end ifset
7225@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7226
7227@node Uleb128
7228@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7229
7230@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7231@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7232compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7233symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7234
7235@ifset COFF
7236@node Val
7237@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7238
7239@cindex @code{val} directive
7240@cindex COFF value attribute
7241@cindex value attribute, COFF
7242This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7243records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7244entry.
252b5132
RH
7245@end ifset
7246
2e13b764 7247@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7248@node Version
7249@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7250
c1253627 7251@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7252This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7253formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7254@end ifset
2e13b764 7255
c91d2e08
NC
7256@ifset ELF
7257@node VTableEntry
7258@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7259
653cfe85 7260@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7261This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7262@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7263
c91d2e08
NC
7264@node VTableInherit
7265@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7266
653cfe85 7267@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7268This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7269@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7270parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7271parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7272@end ifset
2e13b764 7273
d190d046
HPN
7274@node Warning
7275@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7276@cindex warning directive
7277Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7278(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7279
c91d2e08
NC
7280@node Weak
7281@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7282
c1253627 7283@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7284This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7285@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7286
01642c12 7287On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7288directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7289@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7290
977cdf5a 7291On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7292When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7293alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7294
06e77878
AO
7295@node Weakref
7296@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7297
7298@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7299This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7300be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7301If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7302will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7303symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7304
7305The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7306assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7307symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7308resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7309had the references to the alias removed.
7310
7311The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7312within the assembler.
7313
252b5132
RH
7314@node Word
7315@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7316
7317@cindex @code{word} directive
7318This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7319separated by commas.
7320@ifclear GENERIC
7321@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7322For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7323@end ifset
7324@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7325For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7326@end ifset
7327@end ifclear
7328@ifset GENERIC
7329
7330The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7331depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7332@end ifset
7333
a8eb42a8 7334@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7335@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7336@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7337@cindex difference tables altered
7338@cindex altered difference tables
7339@quotation
7340@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7341@end quotation
7342
7343@ifset GENERIC
7344Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7345addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7346interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7347@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7348
7349@end ifset
7350In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7351@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7352Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7353compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7354directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7355@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7356creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7357This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7358first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7359of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7360table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7361contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7362@code{sym2}.
7363
7364If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7365secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7366@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7367long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7368and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7369minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7370entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7371
7372@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7373@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7374@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7375assembly language programmers.
7376@end ifset
7377@end ifset
7378@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7379
7ce98c16
NC
7380@ifclear no-space-dir
7381@node Zero
7382@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7383
7384@cindex @code{zero} directive
7385@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7386This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7387expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7388so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7389instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7390@end ifclear
7391
2b841ec2
AM
7392@ifset ELF
7393@node 2byte
ea86f534 7394@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7395@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7396@cindex two-byte integer
7397@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7398
e406e428
NC
7399This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7400are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7401is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7402section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7403in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7404bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7405at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7406value at link time.
7407
7408This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7409values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7410different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7411
8b1e5da1 7412This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7413
7414@node 4byte
ea86f534 7415@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7416@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7417@cindex four-byte integer
7418@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7419
e406e428
NC
7420Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7421long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7422
7423@node 8byte
ea86f534 7424@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7425@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7426@cindex eight-byte integer
7427@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7428
e21126b7 7429Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7430byte long bignum values into the output.
7431
2b841ec2
AM
7432@end ifset
7433
252b5132
RH
7434@node Deprecated
7435@section Deprecated Directives
7436
7437@cindex deprecated directives
7438@cindex obsolescent directives
7439One day these directives won't work.
7440They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7441@table @t
7442@item .abort
7443@item .line
7444@end table
7445
3a99f02f
DJ
7446@ifset ELF
7447@node Object Attributes
7448@chapter Object Attributes
7449@cindex object attributes
7450
7451@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7452into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7453Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7454point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7455requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7456passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7457hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7458generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7459newer generation at run-time.
7460
7461This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7462@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7463time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7464correctly.
7465
7466Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7467attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7468string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7469and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7470or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7471attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7472
7473Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7474The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7475
7476@menu
7477* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7478* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7479@end menu
7480
7481@node GNU Object Attributes
7482@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7483
7484The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7485with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7486
7487Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7488its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7489an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
74902} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7491architecture-dependent ones.
7492
7493@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7494
7495These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7496
7497@table @r
7498@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7499The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7500the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7501then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7502than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7503arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7504@end table
7505
7506@subsection MIPS Attributes
7507
7508@table @r
7509@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7510The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7511
7512@itemize @bullet
7513@item
75140 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7515@item
f179c512
MF
75161 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7517double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7518@item
75192 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7520@item
75213 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7522@item
f179c512
MF
75234 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7524floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7525number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7526@item
75275 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7528with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7529general-purpose registers.
7530@item
75316 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7532registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7533@item
75347 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7535registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7536direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7537@end itemize
7538@end table
7539
7540@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7541
7542@table @r
7543@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7544The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7545
7546@itemize @bullet
7547@item
75480 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7549@item
3c7b9897 75501 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7551@item
75522 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7553@item
75543 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7555@end itemize
7556
7557@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7558The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7559
7560@itemize @bullet
7561@item
75620 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7563@item
75641 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7565@item
75662 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7567@item
75683 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7569@end itemize
7570@end table
7571
643f7afb
AK
7572@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7573
7574@table @r
7575@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7576The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7577
7578@itemize @bullet
7579@item
75800 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7581@item
75821 for files using software vector ABI.
7583@item
75842 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7585@end itemize
7586@end table
7587
c0ea7c52
JL
7588@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7589
7590@table @r
7591@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7592The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7593
7594@itemize @bullet
7595@item
75960 for files not using the large memory model.
7597@item
75981 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7599data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7600@item
76012 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7602@end itemize
7603@end table
7604
3a99f02f
DJ
7605@node Defining New Object Attributes
7606@section Defining New Object Attributes
7607
7608If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7609will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7610mailing list.
7611
7612@itemize @bullet
7613@item
7614This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7615@item
7616The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7617@item
7618The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7619and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7620@item
7621Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7622@item
7623@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7624@item
7625GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7626@end itemize
7627
7628@end ifset
7629
252b5132
RH
7630@ifset GENERIC
7631@node Machine Dependencies
7632@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7633
7634@cindex machine dependencies
7635The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7636each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7637vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7638directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7639assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7640@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7641optimization.
7642
7643This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7644include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7645subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7646
7647@menu
a06ea964
NC
7648@ifset AARCH64
7649* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7650@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7651@ifset ALPHA
7652* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7653@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7654@ifset ARC
7655* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7656@end ifset
7657@ifset ARM
7658* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7659@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7660@ifset AVR
7661* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7662@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7663@ifset Blackfin
7664* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7665@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7666@ifset BPF
7667* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7668@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7669@ifset CR16
7670* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7671@end ifset
8bf549a8 7672@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7673* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7674@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7675@ifset CSKY
7676* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7677@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7678@ifset D10V
7679* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7680@end ifset
7681@ifset D30V
7682* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7683@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7684@ifset EPIPHANY
7685* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7686@end ifset
252b5132 7687@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7688* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7689@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7690@ifset HPPA
7691* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7692@end ifset
7693@ifset I80386
55b62671 7694* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7695@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7696@ifset IA64
7697* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7698@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7699@ifset IP2K
7700* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7701@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7702@ifset LM32
7703* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7704@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7705@ifset M32C
7706* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7707@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7708@ifset M32R
7709* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7710@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7711@ifset M680X0
7712* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7713@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7714@ifset M68HC11
7715* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7716@end ifset
7b4ae824 7717@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7718* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7719@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7720@ifset METAG
7721* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7722@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7723@ifset MICROBLAZE
7724* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7725@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7726@ifset MIPS
7727* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7728@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7729@ifset MMIX
7730* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7731@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7732@ifset MSP430
7733* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7734@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7735@ifset NDS32
7736* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7737@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7738@ifset NIOSII
7739* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7740@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7741@ifset NS32K
7742* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7743@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7744@ifset OPENRISC
7745* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7746@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7747@ifset PDP11
7748* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7749@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7750@ifset PJ
7751* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7752@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7753@ifset PPC
7754* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7755@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7756@ifset PRU
7757* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7758@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7759@ifset RISCV
7760* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7761@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7762@ifset RL78
7763* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7764@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7765@ifset RX
7766* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7767@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7768@ifset S390
7769* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7770@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7771@ifset SCORE
7772* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7773@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7774@ifset SH
7775* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7776@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7777@ifset SPARC
7778* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7779@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7780@ifset TIC54X
7781* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7782@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7783@ifset TIC6X
7784* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7785@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7786@ifset TILEGX
7787* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7788@end ifset
7789@ifset TILEPRO
7790* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7791@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7792@ifset V850
7793* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7794@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7795@ifset VAX
7796* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7797@end ifset
7798@ifset VISIUM
7799* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7800@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7801@ifset WASM32
7802* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7803@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7804@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7805* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7806@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7807@ifset XSTORMY16
7808* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7809@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7810@ifset XTENSA
7811* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7812@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7813@ifset Z80
7814* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7815@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7816@ifset Z8000
7817* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7818@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7819@end menu
7820
7821@lowersections
7822@end ifset
7823
7824@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7825@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7826@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7827@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7828@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7829@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7830@c in both conditional blocks.
7831
a06ea964
NC
7832@ifset AARCH64
7833@include c-aarch64.texi
7834@end ifset
7835
625e1353
RH
7836@ifset ALPHA
7837@include c-alpha.texi
7838@end ifset
7839
7840@ifset ARC
7841@include c-arc.texi
7842@end ifset
7843
252b5132
RH
7844@ifset ARM
7845@include c-arm.texi
7846@end ifset
7847
8473f7a4
DC
7848@ifset AVR
7849@include c-avr.texi
7850@end ifset
7851
3b4e1885 7852@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7853@include c-bfin.texi
7854@end ifset
7855
f8861f5d
JM
7856@ifset BPF
7857@include c-bpf.texi
7858@end ifset
7859
3d3d428f
NC
7860@ifset CR16
7861@include c-cr16.texi
7862@end ifset
7863
328eb32e
HPN
7864@ifset CRIS
7865@include c-cris.texi
7866@end ifset
7867
b8891f8d
AJ
7868@ifset CSKY
7869@include c-csky.texi
7870@end ifset
7871
c2dcd04e 7872@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7873@ifclear GENERIC
7874@node Machine Dependencies
7875@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7876
c2dcd04e 7877The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7878and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7879chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7880family.
7881
7882@menu
c2dcd04e 7883* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7884* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7885@end menu
7886@lowersections
7887@end ifclear
7888@end ifset
7889
7890@ifset D10V
7891@include c-d10v.texi
7892@end ifset
7893
7894@ifset D30V
7895@include c-d30v.texi
7896@end ifset
7897
cfb8c092
NC
7898@ifset EPIPHANY
7899@include c-epiphany.texi
7900@end ifset
7901
252b5132
RH
7902@ifset H8/300
7903@include c-h8300.texi
7904@end ifset
7905
252b5132
RH
7906@ifset HPPA
7907@include c-hppa.texi
7908@end ifset
7909
7910@ifset I80386
7911@include c-i386.texi
7912@end ifset
7913
9e32ca89
NC
7914@ifset IA64
7915@include c-ia64.texi
7916@end ifset
7917
a40cbfa3
NC
7918@ifset IP2K
7919@include c-ip2k.texi
7920@end ifset
7921
84e94c90
NC
7922@ifset LM32
7923@include c-lm32.texi
7924@end ifset
7925
49f58d10
JB
7926@ifset M32C
7927@include c-m32c.texi
7928@end ifset
7929
ec694b89
NC
7930@ifset M32R
7931@include c-m32r.texi
7932@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7933
7934@ifset M680X0
7935@include c-m68k.texi
7936@end ifset
7937
60bcf0fa
NC
7938@ifset M68HC11
7939@include c-m68hc11.texi
7940@end ifset
7941
7b4ae824
JD
7942@ifset S12Z
7943@include c-s12z.texi
7944@end ifset
7945
a3c62988
NC
7946@ifset METAG
7947@include c-metag.texi
7948@end ifset
7949
01642c12 7950@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7951@include c-microblaze.texi
7952@end ifset
7953
252b5132
RH
7954@ifset MIPS
7955@include c-mips.texi
7956@end ifset
7957
3c3bdf30
NC
7958@ifset MMIX
7959@include c-mmix.texi
7960@end ifset
7961
2469cfa2
NC
7962@ifset MSP430
7963@include c-msp430.texi
7964@end ifset
7965
35c08157
KLC
7966@ifset NDS32
7967@include c-nds32.texi
7968@end ifset
7969
36591ba1
SL
7970@ifset NIOSII
7971@include c-nios2.texi
7972@end ifset
7973
252b5132
RH
7974@ifset NS32K
7975@include c-ns32k.texi
7976@end ifset
7977
1f041c6e
SH
7978@ifset OPENRISC
7979@include c-or1k.texi
7980@end ifset
7981
e135f41b
NC
7982@ifset PDP11
7983@include c-pdp11.texi
7984@end ifset
7985
041dd5a9
ILT
7986@ifset PJ
7987@include c-pj.texi
7988@end ifset
7989
418c1742
MG
7990@ifset PPC
7991@include c-ppc.texi
7992@end ifset
7993
93f11b16
DD
7994@ifset PRU
7995@include c-pru.texi
7996@end ifset
7997
4f7eddc4
PD
7998@ifset RISCV
7999@include c-riscv.texi
8000@end ifset
8001
b57e49f7
JW
8002@ifset RL78
8003@include c-rl78.texi
8004@end ifset
8005
046d31c2
NC
8006@ifset RX
8007@include c-rx.texi
8008@end ifset
8009
11c19e16
MS
8010@ifset S390
8011@include c-s390.texi
8012@end ifset
8013
c0157db4
NC
8014@ifset SCORE
8015@include c-score.texi
8016@end ifset
8017
252b5132
RH
8018@ifset SH
8019@include c-sh.texi
8020@end ifset
8021
8022@ifset SPARC
8023@include c-sparc.texi
8024@end ifset
8025
39bec121
TW
8026@ifset TIC54X
8027@include c-tic54x.texi
8028@end ifset
8029
40b36596
JM
8030@ifset TIC6X
8031@include c-tic6x.texi
8032@end ifset
8033
aa137e4d
NC
8034@ifset TILEGX
8035@include c-tilegx.texi
8036@end ifset
8037
8038@ifset TILEPRO
8039@include c-tilepro.texi
8040@end ifset
8041
b6605ddd
EB
8042@ifset V850
8043@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8044@end ifset
8045
8046@ifset VAX
8047@include c-vax.texi
8048@end ifset
8049
b6605ddd
EB
8050@ifset VISIUM
8051@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8052@end ifset
8053
f96bd6c2
PC
8054@ifset WASM32
8055@include c-wasm32.texi
8056@end ifset
8057
f6c1a2d5
NC
8058@ifset XGATE
8059@include c-xgate.texi
8060@end ifset
8061
6753e72f
NC
8062@ifset XSTORMY16
8063@include c-xstormy16.texi
8064@end ifset
8065
e0001a05
NC
8066@ifset XTENSA
8067@include c-xtensa.texi
8068@end ifset
8069
b6605ddd
EB
8070@ifset Z80
8071@include c-z80.texi
8072@end ifset
8073
8074@ifset Z8000
8075@include c-z8k.texi
8076@end ifset
8077
252b5132
RH
8078@ifset GENERIC
8079@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8080@raisesections
8081@end ifset
8082
8083@node Reporting Bugs
8084@chapter Reporting Bugs
8085@cindex bugs in assembler
8086@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8087
a4fb0134 8088Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8089
8090Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8091not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8092entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8093Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8094
8095In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8096information that enables us to fix the bug.
8097
8098@menu
8099* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8100* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8101@end menu
8102
8103@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8104@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8105@cindex bug criteria
8106
8107If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8108
8109@itemize @bullet
8110@cindex fatal signal
8111@cindex assembler crash
8112@cindex crash of assembler
8113@item
8114If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8115@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8116
8117@cindex error on valid input
8118@item
a4fb0134 8119If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8120
8121@cindex invalid input
8122@item
a4fb0134 8123If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8124is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8125be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8126
8127@item
8128If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8129of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8130@end itemize
8131
8132@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8133@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8134@cindex bug reports
8135@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8136
8137A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8138you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8139contact that organization first.
8140
8141You can find contact information for many support companies and
8142individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8143distribution.
8144
ad22bfe8 8145@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8146In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8147to @value{BUGURL}.
8148@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8149
8150The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8151@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8152fact or leave it out, state it!
8153
8154Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8155and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8156name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8157not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8158happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8159perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8160the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8161give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8162and the most helpful.
8163
8164Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8165it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8166that the bug has not been reported previously.
8167
8168Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8169bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8170respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8171You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8172
8173To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8174
8175@itemize @bullet
8176@item
a4fb0134 8177The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8178it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8179
8180Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8181the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8182
8183@item
a4fb0134 8184Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8185
8186@item
8187The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8188version number.
8189
8190@item
a4fb0134 8191What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8192``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8193
8194@item
8195The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8196observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8197all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8198
8199If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8200and then we might not encounter the bug.
8201
8202@item
8203A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8204the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8205high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8206when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8207the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8208file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8209@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8210
8211@item
8212A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8213incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8214
a4fb0134 8215Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8216will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8217notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8218make a mistake.
8219
8220Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8221explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8222@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8223library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8224would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8225would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8226expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8227observations.
8228
8229@item
a4fb0134 8230If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8231diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8232option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8233discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8234by line number.
8235
8236The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8237sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8238@end itemize
8239
8240Here are some things that are not necessary:
8241
8242@itemize @bullet
8243@item
8244A description of the envelope of the bug.
8245
8246Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8247which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8248changes will not affect it.
8249
8250This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8251will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8252with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8253We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8254
8255Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8256of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8257output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8258less time, and so on.
8259
8260However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8261report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8262
8263@item
8264A patch for the bug.
8265
8266A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8267the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8268a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8269to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8270
a4fb0134 8271Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8272construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8273the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8274one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8275
8276And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8277patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8278help us to understand.
8279
8280@item
8281A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8282
8283Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8284things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8285@end itemize
8286
8287@node Acknowledgements
8288@chapter Acknowledgements
8289
653cfe85 8290If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8291it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8292maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8293@c (October 2012),
8294the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8295
8296Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8297more details?}
8298
8299Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8300information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8301extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8302
8303K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8304many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8305up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8306testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8307including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8308and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8309support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8310port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8311file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8312assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8313
8314Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8315in format-specific I/O modules.
8316
8317The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8318has done much work with it since.
8319
8320The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8321
8322Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8323
8324The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8325University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8326
8327Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8328(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8329(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8330support a.out format.
8331
7be1c489
AM
8332Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8333tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8334Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8335use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8336targets.
8337
8338John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8339simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8340updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8341fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8342remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8343cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8344required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8345
8346Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
834768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8348added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8349PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8350
653cfe85 8351Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8352
8353Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8354
8355Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8356along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8357formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8358the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8359
8360Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8361Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8362Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8363Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8364and some initial 64-bit support).
8365
c1253627 8366Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8367
252b5132
RH
8368Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8369support for openVMS/Alpha.
8370
39bec121
TW
8371Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8372flavors.
8373
e0001a05 8374David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8375Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8376
252b5132
RH
8377Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8378configuration enhancements.
8379
84e94c90
NC
8380Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8381
252b5132
RH
8382Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8383you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8384want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8385intentionally leaving anyone out.
8386
793c5807
NC
8387@node GNU Free Documentation License
8388@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8389@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8390
370b66a1
CD
8391@node AS Index
8392@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8393
8394@printindex cp
8395
252b5132
RH
8396@bye
8397@c Local Variables:
8398@c fill-column: 79
8399@c End:
This page took 2.471368 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.